Загрузил kushkhovva

Учебник Англ

реклама
ФГОБУ ВО «Финансовый университет при Правительстве Российской
Федерации
Кафедра «Иностранные языки-2»
Г.А. Дубинина
И.Ф. Драчинская
Н.Г. Кондрахина
О.Н. Петрова
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК:
ЭКОНОМИКА И ФИНАНСЫ
OVERWIEW
Учебник
Часть 2
(издание третье, исправленное и дополненное)
Для направлений:
080100.62 - «Экономика»
080500.62 - «Менеджмент»
040100.62 - «Социология»
030200 – «Политология»
010400.62 - «Прикладная математика и информатика»
230700.62 - «Прикладная информатика»
(программа подготовки бакалавров)
Москва 2016
ФГОБУ ВО «Финансовый университет при Правительстве Российской
Федерации
Кафедра «Иностранные языки-2»
Г.А. Дубинина
И.Ф. Драчинская
Н.Г. Кондрахина
О.Н. Петрова
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК:
ЭКОНОМИКА И ФИНАНСЫ
OVERWIEW
Учебник
Часть 2
(издание третье, исправленное и дополненное)
Рекомендовано УМО по образованию в области финансов, учета и
мировой экономики в качестве учебника для студентов, обучающихся
по направлению «Экономика» (степень бакалавр) и
специальностям/профилям: «Бухгалтерский учет, анализ и аудит»,
«Финансы и кредит», «Мировая экономика», «Налоги и
налогообложение»
Москва 2016
1
УДК
УДК 81(075.8)=111
ББК 81.2 Англ.
Д79
Рецензенты:
Т.Д. Венедиктова, д.филол.н., профессор
(МГУ им. М.В. Ломоносова)
И.И. Воронцова, к.филол.н., доцент
(Российский гуманитарный университет)
Н.Н. Котляров, д.э.н., профессор
(Финансовый университет)
Д79
Дубинина Г.А., Драчинская И.Ф., Кондрахина Н.Г.,
Петрова О.Н. Английский язык: экономика и финансы /
Overview: учебник. Ч. 2- М.: Финансовый университет,
2016. 267 с.
ISBN 978-5-7942-0920-4
«Overview» - второй том серии учебников для студентов финансовоэкономического профиля. Тематика учебника посвящена экономике
страны, рынкам, монополиям, денежной политике и банкам. Все
разделы снабжены грамматическими упражнениями, кейс-анализом,
ролевыми играми и предусматривают использование мультимедийных
технологий.
УДК 81(075.8)=111
ББК 81.2 Англ.
ISBN 978-5-7942-0920-4
© Дубинина Г.А., Драчинская И.Ф.,
Кондрахина Н.Г., Петрова О.Н. , 2016
© Финансовый университет, 2016
2
Federal State–Funded Educational Institution of Higher Education
FINANCIAL UNIVERSITY
UNDER THE GOVERNMENT OF THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION
Foreign Languages -2 Department
Galina A. Dubinina
Irina F. Drachinskaya
Natalia G. Kondrakhina
Oxana N. Petrova
ENGLISH:
ECONOMICS & FINANCE
Part 2
OVERVIEW
Textbook
Third edition,
revised and enlarged
Recommended by the Scientific Council for education in the field of Finance,
Accounting and Global economy as a study guide for students of Economics
and Management (Bachelor's degree), specialties: “Accounting, analysis and
audit", "Finance and credit", "Global economy"," Taxes and taxation"
Moscow 2016
3
UDC 81(075.8)=111
Reviewers:
Venedictova T.D., Professor, DSc. (Philology), Moscow State University, General
Literature and Theory Department, Head
Vorontsova I.I., PhD. (Philology), Russian Humanitarian University, Associate
Professor
Kotlyarov N.N., DSc. (Economics), Financial University, Professor
Dubinina G.A., Drachinskaya I.F., Kondrakhina N.G. Petrova O.N.
English / Economics & Finance: textbook: in 4 p - M.: Financial University, 2016
ISBN 978-5-7942-1183-2
P. 2: Overview:. – 3rd ed., revised and enlarged. – 276 p.
ISBN 978-5-7942-1185-6
Overview is the second part of a series of English language textbooks and is designed to
begin English Language study for the students of Economics and Finance. The textbook
focuses on economic activity: markets, monopolies, economic growth, money, its
functions, monetary policy and banking services. The textbook offers such innovative
foreign language technologies as case analysis, critical thinking tasks, cross-cultural
analysis, role playing, multimedia presentations, the Internet research.
UDC 81 (075.8)=111
ISBN 978-5-7942-1185-6 (P1)
© Galina A. Dubinina, 2016
ISBN 978-5-7942-1183-2
© Irina F. Drachinskaya, 2016
© Natalia G. Kondrakhina, 2016
© Oxana N. Petrova, 2016
© Financial University, 2016
4
Введение
"Английский язык: экономика и финансы» - это серия учебников,
целью которых является углубление и расширение языковых и
экстралингвистических знаний студентов в пределах тематики,
предусмотренной базовой частью дисциплины «Иностранный язык» для
бакалавров финансово-экономического профиля. Материалы учебника
«Overview», второй части серии, тематически связаны с общими
представлениями
об
экономической
деятельности:
рынках,
монополиях, экономическом росте, сущности и функции денег,
денежной политике и банковской деятельности.
Разделы учебника имеют единую структуру:
 Lead-in – вступительная часть.
 Language Input – словарь урока с примерами и переводом.
 Background Information – профессионально ориентированный текст,
дающий представление о проблематике одного из сегментов
финансово-экономической сферы и упражнения, способствующие точному пониманию текста и оснащенные речевыми формулами.
 Practice – упражнения, направленные на совершенствование умения
строить устную и письменную речь на английском языке по тематике
раздела, включая мультимедийную презентацию и Интернет-поиск.
 Dialogue – профессионально ориентированные диалоги по тематике
раздела, предназначенные для развития навыков ведения диалога и
расширения терминологической базы.
 Reading for Cross-cultural Associations – тексты о межкультурных
особенностях взаимодействия в финансово-экономической сфере.
 Role-play – ролевая игра по тематике, соответствующей учебнопознавательной и социально-культурной направленности раздела.
 Grammar Back up – грамматические упражнения и комментарий
(модальные глаголы, пассивный залог глагола, местоимение,
согласование времен в косвенной речи) на лексической основе
материалов учебника.
Авторы выражают глубокую признательность преподавателям
Финансового университета, принимавшим участие в апробации
учебника в рамках семинара Института повышения квалификации
преподавателей «Методология и методика преподавания учебных
дисциплин на иностранных языках», выпускникам Финансового
университета, преподавателям кафедры «Иностранные языки-2» за
помощь в отборе профессионально значимых материалов.
5
1
OVERVIEW OF MARKETS &
MONOPOLIES
Contents
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Section overview
Developing vocabulary
Markets. Competition. Monopoly
Understanding the reading
Reviewing the concept
Lead-in
Language Input
Background Information
Comprehension
1.5 Speaking & Writing
Language focus
Language in context
Presenting information
Communication skills
1.6 Dialogue
1.7 Reading for Cross-cultural
Associations
1.8 Case Study & Role-play
1.9 Grammar Back up
Calculating
Fill-in exercises
Summarising
Business Email Writing
Interaction between supply and
demand
Business Etiquette in India
Consumer skills: Know your Rights
Practice with Modal Verbs:
Ability
Permission
Obligation
Necessity
6
1.1
LEAD-IN
SECTION OVERVIEW
In a free market, competition takes place among sellers in order to
sell commodities at the best price, and among buyers in order to
obtain what they want at a price which suits them. Monopoly is one
of the factors which affect the sale and purchase of commodities.
Governments dislike the procedure and have taken legal action to
restrict or halt business activities directed towards “cornering the
market “.
Discuss the following questions, make use of the words in brackets.
1. Are buyers and sellers scarce or numerous? Can they influence
prices solely?
(to control / to set prices, quality level, quantity, advertising, to
make buying decisions)
2. What knowledge of market conditions do buyers and suppliers
need to make educated buying or selling decisions?
(cheapest resources, highest/lowest prices, profits, the best deal,
expenses, income)
1.2
VOCABULARY
accept v
принимать, акцептовать
acceptance n
принятие, согласие на оплату
In a perfect market there can
На идеальном рынке для данbe only one price for a given
ного товара существует только
commodity: the lowest price
одна цена: самая низкая, на
which sellers will accept and
которую согласится продавец,
the highest which consumers
и самая высокая, которую
will pay.
согласится заплатить
покупатель.
affect v
оказывать влияние
Monopoly is one of the
Монополия – это один из
factors which affect the sale
факторов, который оказывает
and purchase of
влияние на продажу и покупку
commodities.
товаров.
7
уполномочивать; поручать;
разрешать, санкционировать
Правительство разрешило
Тhe government authorized
дальнейшую добычу нефти.
the further oil production.
authority n
власть, полномочие, влияние;
авторитет, специалист; орган,
управление, отдел
Большинство
студентов
Most higher education
высших учебных заведений
students receive some
получают
какую-либо
financial support from local
финансовую
помощь
от
education authorities.
местных
органов
образования.
break v even (to)
быть / становиться
безубыточным; не дать ни
прибыли, ни убытка
Нам надо зарабатывать по
We need to take $5,000
пять тысяч долларов с каждой
each sale just to break even.
продажи только для того,
чтобы выйти в ноль.
break-even point n
точка безубыточности; цена,
при которой нет ни прибыли,
ни убытков (продажи равны
издержкам)
Цена в конкурентоспособной
In a competitive industry,
промышленности обычно не
price is generally not much
намного больше предельных
greater than marginal cost
затрат и точки, при которой
and break-even point.
продажи компании равны
издержкам.
cancel v
аннулировать, отменять,
делать недействительным
Если товар оказывается
If goods are faulty when you
дефектным при первом осмотре
first inspect or use them, go
или использовании, вернитесь в
back to the shop, say that
authorize v
8
you cancel the purchase and
ask for complete refund.
cause n
cause v
The degree to which changes
in price cause changes in
quantity demanded is called
elasticity of demand.
communicate v
Buyers and sellers meet in
person, or they communicate
by letter, or in some other
way, e.g. through their
agents.
compete v
competition n
In reality we observe
different kinds of
competition such as free,
restricted and unrestricted.
complaint n
complain v
If your complaint is justified,
it is somebody’s
responsibility to put things
right.
corner n
магазин, скажите, что вы
аннулируете покупку и
попросите полностью
возместить ее стоимость.
причина, основание; дело,
процесс
причинять, являться причиной
Положение, при котором
изменение в цене вызывает
изменение спроса, называется
эластичностью спроса.
общаться, обмениваться
данными
Покупатели и продавцы
встречаются лично,
обмениваются письмами либо
общаются через агентов.
конкурировать, соревноваться
конкуренция, соревнование
В реальной жизни мы
наблюдаем разные виды
конкуренции: свободную,
ограниченную и
неограниченную.
жалоба, претензия, рекламация
жаловаться, выражать
недовольство
Если ваша жалоба
обоснованна, то кто-то должен
навести порядок.
“корнер”; олигополия, когда
основная масса товаров
сосредоточена у нескольких
крупных продавцов
9
загнать в угол, скупать товар
со спекулятивными целями
достигнуть контроля над
to corner the market
рынком
damage n
ущерб, вред, убыток
damage v
наносить ущерб, вредить,
портить
The goods must not be broken
Товар не должен быть сломан
or damaged and must work
или поврежден и должен
properly.
работать, как следует.
deal n
сделка, соглашение
deal v
распределять, отпускать
to deal with something
иметь дело с, заниматься
чем-либо
This contract means that it’s
Этот контракт означает, что
up to the shop – not the
если вас не удовлетворяет
manufacturer – to deal with
товар, то заниматься вашей
your complaints if the goods
жалобой – дело магазина, а не
are not satisfactory.
производителя.
enterprise n
предприятие,
предпринимательство,
People combine capital,
предприимчивость
labour, and enterprise to
Чтобы сделать бизнес
make a business successful.
успешным, средства, труд и
предприимчивость
объединяются.
entitle v
давать право; называть
If goods break down through
Если товар испортился не по
no fault of yours you may be
вашей вине, вы можете иметь
entitled to compensation.
право на компенсацию.
fluctuate v
колебать(ся), быть неустойчивым, меняться (о ценах, спросе)
In a free market competition
В условиях свободного рынка
influences the prices and as a
конкуренция оказывает влияresult they inevitably
ние на цены и, как результат,
fluctuate.
они неизбежно колеблются.
corner v
10
merger n
слияние
In Britain the Monopolies
В Великобритании антимоноCommission examines all
польный комитет проверяет
special arrangements and
все специальные соглашения и
mergers which might lead to
слияния, которые могут
undesirable monopolies.
привести к нежелательной
монополизации.
monopoly n
монополия, монополистическое
объединение
A monopoly may arise from
Монополия может возникнуть
a variety of different causes.
из-за множества различных
причин.
monopolise v
монополизировать что-либо
Postal services are
Большинство правительств
monopolised by most
монополизирует почтовые
governments within their
услуги в границах своих
state borders.
государств.
obtain v
приобретать, получать
What happens when certain
Что происходит, когда какиеcompanies obtain full control
то компании обретают
over certain goods?
контроль над определенными
продуктами?
overheads n
накладные расходы
Overheads are the various
Накладные расходы – это
expenses of operating a
различные расходы, которые
plant.
возникают при работе
предприятия.
permit v
позволять, разрешать,
Natural monopolies are very допускать
different from legal
Естественная монополия
monopolies where the law of
отличается от монополии,
a country permits certain
предоставляемой законом
producers, authors and
(административной), при
inventors a full monopoly
которой некоторым производиover the sale of their own
телям, авторам и
products.
изобретателям предоставляется
право продавать свою
продукцию.
11
prevail v
преобладать, господствовать
In a free market competition
На свободном рынке
influences the prices
конкуренция влияет на
prevailing in the market.
господствующие цены.
refund n
возврат, возмещение
refund v
возвращать, возмещать,
рефинансировать
We guarantee to refund your Мы гарантируем, что вернем вам
money if you're not satisfied деньги, если вы не довольны
with your purchase.
товаром.
restrict v
ограничивать
In case of abuses
В случае злоупотреблений
governments take legal
правительства принимают
actions to restrict or halt
предусмотренные законом
illegal business activities.
меры, чтобы ограничить или
остановить незаконную
деятельность.
subject v
подчинять, подвергать
subject adj
подчиненный, подвластный,
зависимый
Each commodity market is
Всякий товарный рынок
subject to special conditions.
повинуется особым условиям.
In the USA anti-trust laws
Антимонопольное законодаsubject activities aimed at
тельство США подчиняет
cornering the market to
деятельность, направленную
special anti-trust laws that
на достижение монополии на
restrict such activities.
рынке, особым законам,
ограничивающим ее.
transaction n
операция, сделка
Demand is the buyer’s side
Спрос – это сторона
of market transactions.
покупателя в сделке.
12
DEVELOPING VOCABULARY
1.2.1. Consult a dictionary, write out the transcription and practise the
pronunciation of the following words:
ancient
authorities
career planning
channel of distribution
circumstances
compete
competition
competitive
control
distinguish
enterprise
examine
fluctuate
fluctuation
illegal
inevitably
legal monopoly
merger
monopolise
negotiate
occur
prevail
procedure
purchase
recruitment
a resume
Suez Сanal
to be subject to
to recruit
to subject somebody
undesirable
unrestricted
13
1.2.2. Match the English word combinations in the left-hand column
with the Russian equivalents in the right-hand column:
1. to compete with somebody on the
market
2. to affect fluctuations
a. приобрести контроль над чемлибо
b. подчиняться ограничениям
3. to take legal actions to restrict or
halt illegal business activities
c. монополизировать что-либо в
границах государства
4. to communicate through agents
5. to accept the price
d. возникать по разным причинам
e. отличаться от чего-либо
6. to be subject to restrictions
f. монополия, разрешенная законом,
легитимная монополия
7. to prevail in the market
8. to arise from a variety of causes
9. to permit a monopoly over
something
g. общаться через агентов
h. новые рабочие места
i. конкурировать с кем-либо на
рынке
10. to be distinct from something
11. sole trading opportunity
j. быть безработным
k. позволить иметь монополию на
что-либо
12. to obtain control over something
l. проверять соглашения и слияния
13. to corner the market
m. доминировать на рынке
14. to subject somebody to something n. различать что-либо на практике
17. legal monopoly
o. достигнуть контроля над рынком
p. принимать законные меры для
ограничения или прекращения
незаконной деятельности
q. подчинять кого-либо чему-либо
18. job openings
r. влиять на колебания
19. to examine arrangements and
mergers
s. договориться о разумном решении
вопроса
20. to monopolise something within
borders
21. to distinguish something in
practice
t. исключительное право на
торговлю (“чистая монополия”)
u. принять цену
15. to be unemployed
16. to negotiate a reasonable
settlement
14
1.3
READING
MARKETS. COMPETITION. MONOPOLY
In a market economy, the actions of buyers and sellers set the
prices of goods and services. The prices, in turn, determine what is
produced, how it is produced, who will buy it, and what will be the
mix of consumer and capital goods. Supply, the quantity of a
product that suppliers will provide, is the seller’s side of a market
transaction. Suppliers usually want the price that allows them to
make the most money. Demand, the quantity of a product
consumers want, is the buyer’s side of a market transaction. Buyers
want the price that gives them the most value for the least cost.
Whenever people who are willing to sell a commodity contact
people willing to buy it, a market for that commodity is created.
Buyers and sellers meet in person, or they may communicate by letter,
by phone, by e-mail or through their agents. In a perfect market,
communications are easy, buyers and sellers are numerous and
competition is completely free. In a perfect market there can be only
one price for a given commodity: the lowest price which sellers will
accept and the highest which consumers will pay. There are,
however, no really perfect markets, and each commodity market is
subject to special conditions. Competition influences the prices
prevailing in the market. Prices inevitably fluctuate, and such
fluctuations are also affected by current supply and demand.
Although in a perfect market competition is unrestricted and
sellers are numerous, free competition and large numbers of sellers
are not always available in the real world. In some markets there
may only be one seller or a very limited number of sellers. Such a
situation is called a “monopoly”, and may arise from a variety of
different causes. It is possible to distinguish in practice several
kinds of monopoly.
State planning and central control of the economy often mean
that a state government has the monopoly of important goods and
services, e.g. most national authorities monopolise the postal
services within their borders. A different kind of monopoly arises
when a country, through geographical or geological circumstances,
has control over major natural resources or important services, e.g.
15
Canadian nickel and the Egyptian ownership of the Suez Canal.
Such monopolies can be called natural monopolies. Legal
monopolies occur when the law of a country permits certain
producers, authors and inventors a full monopoly over the sale of
their own products. These types of monopoly are distinct from the
sole trading opportunities when certain companies obtain
complete control over particular commodities. This action is often
called “cornering the market” and is illegal in many countries. In
the USA anti-trust laws operate to restrict such activities, while in
Britain the Monopolies Commission examines all special
arrangements, mergers, takeovers and acquisitions which might
lead to undesirable monopolies.
In the market systems, competition answers the basic questions
of what, how, for whom, and how much. Competition among
producers is for the highest profits. Competition among consumers
is for the best goods and services at the lowest prices. Obtaining the
highest profits and the best goods at the lowest price are the only
motives the market system considers.
In a market economy three basic resources – land, labour and
capital – are bought and sold for the best price. Market for labour is
constantly changing. Producers are in competition with one another to
hire the best workers for the lower wages. Workers compete with one
another to get the best jobs at the highest wages. Producers’ needs for
workers change constantly. Young people train for a career, then, need
to consider what types of workers will be needed in the future.
Planning a career requires careful study of statistics showing which
jobs are growing. Further, career planning must include the ability to
change with the economy. Workers need to be able to learn new skills
to remain competitive in the market.
16
1.4
COMPREHENSION
UNDERSTANDING THE READING
1.4.1 Give extensive answers to the questions. Use the following
expressions to start your answers:
In principle, ... .
There is something (else) I’d like to point out ...;
I deduce that … .
Could you be more specific, please ... .
The major point is ... . It’s an open secret that ... .
1. What do sellers want most to achieve?
2.
What are the reasons of suppliers when determining the price
of a product?
3.
Why is demand the buyer’s side of a market transaction?
4.
In what way does a real market differ from a perfect one?
5.
Among whom does competition take place?
6.
What does competition influence?
7.
What three things cause prices to fluctuate?
8.
What three means are mentioned by which buyers and sellers
can communicate if they do not meet in person?
9.
What price operates in a perfect market?
10. What is a monopoly? What kind of a market does the word
“monopoly” describe?
11. What are the types of monopoly? Give examples.
12. What happens when certain companies obtain full control over
certain goods?
13. What do governments do to restrict “cornering the market”?
14. In what way does competition influence labour markets?
15. Why does career planning require careful consideration?
17
REVIEWING THE CONCEPT
1.4.2 Say whether these statements are true (T) or false (F), and
if they are false say why.
e.g. True enough ... . / I assume it is false that ... because ... .
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
1. Since modern markets are normally located in a special
place, buyers and sellers always have to meet face-toface.
2. In a perfect market, buyers and sellers are numerous,
their communications are easy, and competition is
completely unimpeded (unrestricted).
3. In a real market there can be only one price for any given
commodity: it’s the equilibrium price.
4. There are no really perfect markets, because each market
is subject to its own peculiar conditions.
5. Price is one of the significant factors which can affect the
sale and purchase of certain commodities.
6. Monopoly is the situation when we observe only one seller
or a cartel of sellers working very closely together to
control prices.
7. The result of monopolistic activity is fixing prices at a
level suitable for the seller, a level which may bring him
artificially high profits.
8. The prices have no influence upon the process of
production of goods.
9. Demand is the quantity of a product that suppliers will
provide.
10. Buyers will want the price that gives them the most value
for the least cost.
11. In a market economy cooperation of sellers is the main
reason the market system considers.
18
1.5
SPEAKING & WRITING
Language focus
1.5.1 Calculating
There are the following ways of saying calculations in British
English:
Formal
Informal
2+2=4
Two plus two equals/is four. Two and two is/are four.
8–5=3
Eight minus five equals/is
three.
Five from eight is/leaves
three.
Eight take away five
is/leaves three.
3 × 5 = 15
Three multiplied by five
equals/is fifteen.
Three fives are fifteen.
Three times five is
fifteen.
9÷3=3
Nine divided by three
Three(s) into nine goes
equals/is three.
three (times).
Remember to pronounce the s in equals as /z /.
π1 equals approximately 3.142, which is equal to the distance round
a circle divided by its width.
+ = add
– = subtract (or deduct)
 = multiply
 = divide
Twelve divided by four equals / is three.
Other ways of saying divide are:
per
€/$
euros per dollar
6% p.a.
six per cent per annum
2
over
(x – y)/z
x minus y, over z which is not the same as
x, minus y over z: x – y/z
1
Число π [pai] - отношение длины окружности к её диаметру - константа, равная приблизительно
3,1415926535897932.
2
Косая черта с наклоном вправо, слэш, символ /.
19
Language in context
1.5.2 Fill in the blanks with one of the following wordcombinations:
(1) subject to 1
(2) to be subject to 2
(3) to subject somebody / something to somebody / smth.3
1. This offer is made … receiving your confirmation within 10
days.
2. We make this offer … receiving your confirmation by cable.
3. In reality, each commodity market ... special conditions.
4. Prices in the market inevitably fluctuate, and such fluctuations ...
current supply and demand.
5. As competition influences the prices prevailing in the market,
the former ... the prices ... special market conditions.
6. In the USA anti-trust laws ... activities aimed at cornering the
market ... special anti-trust laws that restrict such activities.
7. The absence of buyers ... the sellers ... the changes in the current
prices.
8. I regret to say that our price was unreasonable, it ... a discount of
5%.
1.5.3. Fill in prepositions or adverbial particles wherever
necessary. Discuss the text.
Since modern markets are not normally located ... any special place,
buyers and sellers do not always have to meet face- ... -face. They
may communicate ... letter, ... cable, ... telephone or ... their agents.
... a perfect market, such communications are easy, buyers and
sellers are numerous, and competition is completely unimpeded.
There can be only one price ... any given commodity: the lowest
price which sellers will accept. There are, however, no really perfect
markets, because each market is subject ... its own peculiar
conditions. Monopoly is one ... the peculiar factors which can affect
... the sale and purchase ... certain commodities. ... some markets,
there may be only one seller or a cartel ... sellers working very
Составной предлог subject to (при условии) для выражения условия.
Подлежать, подчиняться, быть подверженным чему-либо.
3
Подвергать (подвергнуть) кого-либо чему-либо.
1
2
20
closely together to control ... prices. The result ... such monopolistic
activity is fixing prices ... a level suitable ... the seller, a level which
may bring ... him artificially high profits.
1.5.4. Complete each statement below with the correct term
from the list that follows.
(a) supply
(b) demand
(c) law of demand
(d) elasticity of demand
(e) demand curve
(f) demand schedule
(g) substitution effect
(h) change in quantity demanded
(i) complementary products
1. A graph that shows the amounts consumers are willing to buy
is a ... .
2. The seller’s side of each transaction is called ... .
3. The ... is usually greater for very expensive products.
4. A chart used to study the relationship between price changes
and quantities consumers desire is a ... .
5. The movement along a demand curve caused by a change in the
price of the good or service is a ... .
6. ... is the concept that as the price decreases, the quantity sold
increases.
7. The buyer’s side of each transaction is called ... .
8. According to the ... , when the price of an item increases,
consumers will buy more of other items that are similar but cost
less.
1.5.5. Find single words for which these words could be
substituted.
1. a person who buys different goods
2. those people who sell goods
3. the quantity of a product that suppliers will provide
4. the quantity of a product consumers want
5. a market where goods are sold to the highest bidders
6. to give an amount of money to another person if he returns it
within the shortest possible time
7. money that you have in your wallet
8. the loan you are given by a friend or relative
21
WATCH OUT: translator's "false friends"
economy
economics
economic
economical
1.5.6 a. Look up the dictionary to find the difference between
the words economy, economics, economic, economical.
Match the words with their meanings.
1. economy
A the study of the way in which money,
industry, and trade are organized in a society
2. economics B relating to economics or the economy the
government's economic policy
3. economic C using the minimum amount of time, effort, or
language that is necessary
4. economical D the state of a country or region in terms of the
production and consumption of goods and
services and the supply of money
E the use of the minimum amount of money,
time, or other resources needed to achieve
something, so that nothing is wasted
b. Fill in the blanks with economy, economics, economic,
economical.
1. Zimbabwe boasts Africa's most industrialised ……………. .
2. The Japanese ……..... grew at an annual rate of more than 10
per cent.
3. If you make …………. , you try to save money by not spending
money on unnecessary things.
4. They will make …………… by hiring fewer part-time workers.
5. He gained a first class Honours degree in ………….. .
6. The …………. of a society or industry is the system of
organizing money and trade in it.
7. He is regarded as a committed supporter of a radical freemarket …………. policy.
8. …………. growth is encouraged in a market system, but it has
advantages and disadvantages.
9. The staff are ………….. with their actions.
22
10. Something that is …………… does not require a lot of money
to operate.
11. Someone who is …………… spends money sensibly and does
not want to waste it on things that are unnecessary.
12. His gestures were ………… , his words generally mild.
13. Although it is an elementary law of ………… that the lower
the price, the greater the sales, there are numerous exceptions.
14. Every society must produce capital goods as well as consumer
goods to meet future …………. needs.
15. Long-range ………….. growth depends on the continued
production of capital goods.
Presenting information
1.5.6. a. Read the following text and decide which of the
following summaries most fully and accurately expresses
the main ideas of the text on pricing. Account for your
choice.
Market prices are determined by the interaction of supply and
demand. Companies’ pricing decisions depend on one or more of
three basic factors: production and distribution costs, the level of
demand, and the prices (or probable prices) of current and potential
competitors. Companies also consider their total objectives and their
consequent profit or sales goals such as obtaining maximum
income, or maximum market share, etc. Pricing strategy must also
consider market positioning: quality products generally require
“prestige pricing” and will probably not sell if their price is thought
to be too low.
Firms with excess production capacity, a large stock, or a falling
market share, tend to cut prices. While firms experiencing cost
inflation, or in urgent need of cash, tend to raise prices. A company
faced with demand that exceeds its possibility to supply is also likely
to raise its prices.
Demand is said to be elastic if sales respond directly to price
variations. When sales remain stable after a change in price, demand
is inelastic. For example, price cuts can have unpredictable
23
psychological effects: buyers may believe that the product is faulty
or of lower quality, or will soon be replaced, or that the firm is
going bankrupt, etc. Similarly, price rises convince some customers
that the product must be of high quality, or will soon become very
hard to get hold of, etc.! A potential customer seeing a price of $499
will register the $400 price range rather than the $500. This is a
psychological effect that many sellers count on. Such technique is
known as “odd pricing”.
Actually most customers consider elements other than price when
buying something: the “total cost” of a product can include operating
and servicing costs, and so on. Since price is only one element of the
marketing mix, a company can respond to a competitor’s price cut by
modifying other elements: improving its product, service,
communications, etc. Reciprocal price cuts may only lead to a price
war, good for customers but disastrous for producers who merely end
up losing money.
Whatever pricing strategies a marketing department selects, a
products selling price generally represents its total cost (unit per
cost plus overheads) plus profit or “risk reward”. Overheads are the
various expenses of operating a plant that cannot be charged to any
one product, process or department, which have to be added to
prime cost or direct cost which covers material and labour. Cost
accountants have to decide how to allocate or assign fixed and
variable costs to individual products, processes or departments.
Microeconomists argue that in a fully competitive industry, price
equals minimum average cost equals break-even point.
Summary 1
A firm is a unit that organises the production of goods and services.
The prices companies charge for their products depend on many
factors: their costs, the level of demand, competitors prices,
financial goals, marketing strategies, market positioning, production
capacity, stock size, inflation, and so on. Yet pricing strategies are
often unsuccessful because of the unpredictable psychological
reaction of the customers. Consequently, companies often
concentrate instead on other elements of the marketing mix: product
improvement, service, communications, etc. Even so, companies
24
have to make sure they cover direct costs and overheads. This
usually results in a price that equals both marginal cost and a breakeven point.
Summary 2
Obviously, the most important factors in pricing decisions are
production costs (including overheads), the level of demand, and the
going market price. Yet broader company objectives, and profit or
sales goals, and market positioning are also important. There are
also lots of circumstances that might cause companies to change
their prices: excess production capacity, large stocks, or a falling
market share on the one hand, or cost inflation, an urgent need for
cash, or demand that exceeds supply, on the other. Yet perfectly
logical decisions regarding prices thought to be elastic can have
unpredictable psychological effects. It is also clear that customers
are influenced by elements other than price, so companies can
equally modify other elements of the marketing mix. In a
competitive industry, price is generally not much greater than
marginal cost and break-even point.
Summary 3
A company’s total objectives and profit or sales goals are important
but companies’ pricing decisions generally depend on such factors
as production and distribution costs, consumers’ demand, and
competitors’ prices. Of course there are situations in which a
company will raise its prices (e.g. excess production capacity, a
large stock, or a falling market share) or lower them (e.g. excessive
demand, cost inflation, a cash shortage). In general, the lower the
price, the greater the sales. Pricing is often strongly influenced by
psychological factors, so companies take account of them and use
techniques such as odd pricing. Companies can also change other
elements of the marketing mix, especially if this allows them to
avoid a damaging price war. Whatever happens, companies
generally have to cover a product’s total cost and make a profit.
This is difficult in a competitive industry, as here price will only
equal break-even point.
25
b. Organize the pricing techniques mentioned in the text into
categories under the given headings:
PRICE EMPHASIS
PRICE DE-EMPHASIS
26
Communication Skills
Business E-mail Writing
Familiarize yourself with the following information. Find
answers to the following questions:
1. Which points can be omitted in e-mails?
2. What should an e-mail writer avoid?
3. If you write an e-mail, does it mean that it should necessarily
be informal?
Today, the Internet has become the predominant medium for
sending letters. The term e-mail, meaning electronic mail, has
entered into everyday speech. The following are some tips to help
you when you are writing business letters through email.
 A heading is not necessary in an e-mail (your return address,
their address, and the date).
 Use a descriptive subject line.
 Avoid using an inappropriate or silly e-mail, register a
professional sounding address if you don't have one.
 Use simple formatting, keep everything flush with the left
margin; avoid special formatting and tabs.
 Keep your letter formal, just because it's an e-mail instead of a
hard copy is no excuse for informality (don't forget to use spell
check and proper grammar).
 Try to keep your letter less than 80 characters wide, some e-mail
readers will create line breaks on anything longer and ruin the
formatting.
 If possible avoid attachments unless the recipient has requested
or is expecting an attachment. If it is a text document, simply cut
and paste the text below your letter and strip off any special
formatting.
 If the person’s name is unknown, address the person's title i.e.
Dear Director of Human Resources.
1.5.7 a. Match the messages with the appropriate subject line.
1. _____ declaring a promotion
2. _____ asking for a favour
3. _____ department’s workload
4. _____ meeting request
5. _____ meeting summary
27
A. A lot of things changed since we last talked. I thought it would be
good to meet and to catch up with everyone involved on the
project. Could we meet on Thursday at 10.00 in conference room
3? Please let me know by the end of the day if that’s convenient
to you.
B. As you know, we have a lot of new projects starting next month.
I’m attaching a revised schedule. As you will see, several
projects have overlapping deadlines. This shouldn’t be a
problem, with the help we are going to get from our new hires. If
you have any questions, please don’t hesitate to contact me.
C. Just wanted to give you an idea of what we talked about at the
meeting with Duncan & Co. yesterday:
 Budget: was approved by both parties
 deadline: Duncan wants to push up to August, 1; we are waiting
to hear from Peter on that
 background info: Duncan will send us the documentation we
requested next week
D. It is my pleasure to announce the appointment of Joanna Harvey
to the position of Advertising Manager. J. Martin will be
responsible for the sales side.
E. I’ve been having problems with my computer lately, and it looks
like it won’t be fixed today. Since you’re going to be out this
afternoon, could I use your computer to finish my report? Let me
know if it’s OK with you and what time your machine will be
available. Thanks.
b. Identify the person each message was written for.
1. _____ Hi, Will,
2. _____ Dear Pat,
3. _____ Dear Mr. Ramirez,
4. _____ Dear Sir or Madam,
A. Thank you for sending me the sample of the new order form.
It’s a better design and is easier to understand. We still have
several boxes of the original form, but I think that by next
month we will run out. We’ll get the new form printed up.
28
B. I saw your advertisement for hiking boots in New Horizon
magazine. Please, send me a catalogue.
C. How’s everything? Really busy here, and wouldn’t mind a little
break. Do you have any plans for lunch today? Want to get
together? Let me know.
D. It’s been a pleasure working with you for the past 3 years. You
have contributed so much to the department with your
enthusiasm, sense of humour, and great work ethic. We are
going to miss you. Wishing you all the best in your new job.
Stay in touch.
c. Write an e-mail for the following situation.
Dave Blake works at an advertising agency. A management
position has recently opened up at Harper & Grant Ltd. and
Dave’s friend, John Martin, sent him an e-mail, asking him if he
could recommend anyone. He knows someone who he thinks
would be ideal. Her name is Joanna Harvey, and she was a
manager at an agency where Dave used to work. In Dave’s last
message to John, he wrote that Joanna would be perfect, but
that it might not be a good time for her to change jobs right
now, as she has a difficult family situation at the moment. John
e-mails back and asks what he means. Dave is unsure how to
say that Joanna takes care of her elderly mother. He really does
think Joanna would be great for the job and wants her to have
the opportunity to be considered. Write Dave’s e-mail.
1.5.8 Abbreviations have always been common in the business
world. With the widespread use of e-mail, it’s becoming
common practice to abbreviate any well-known fixed
phrases. What do the following stand for?
a.
From:
To:
Subject:
Jenny Lo
Tom Clark
FYI
FYI – Mr. Barnes will not be in the office today
29
b.
From:
Dan Mills
To:
Anthony Barn
Subject:
Sales figures
Thank you for the updated sales figures for China. BTW, I’m going
there next week to meet with the new clients.
c.
From:
Roza Menendez
To:
John Ryan
Subject:
Business plan
Have you completed the business plan yet? Mr. Collins has been
asking about it. If you are submitting it later today, NRN.
d.
From:
Arnold Gott
To:
Lydia Johnson
Subject: Preliminary desk research revision
Lydia,
I need to see the revised preliminary desk research ASAP.
1.5.9 Young people have developed special short-cuts for
communicating on line, which are sometimes called
“emoticons” as quick ways to share reactions. Here are
some of the most popular ones.
 = :-) - smiling; agreeing
 = :-( - frowning, sad
 = :-| - indifferent
:-[ - disappointed
:-D - laughing
;-) - winking
What other “emoticons” do you know? When do you use them?
30
1.6
DIALOGUE
A. Replace the Russian words and phrases by suitable English
equivalents in the appropriate form. Reproduce the dialogue.
A.: Look! A (кривая спроса) is like a snapshot. Though I can’t say
for sure, I think it shows the relationship between the (требуемое)
quantity and the (цена) at one instant of time. If the the price of a
product changes and everything else remains the same, the
required quantity changes and will move to a new point on the
(кривая спроса).
B.: I take your point. But I suppose that there should be several
factors that (влиять на спрос), and each may create an entirely
new (кривая спроса).
A.: You have my full support. First as (потребители) earn more
money they are able to spend more. Consequently, the price of an
item seems lower. If your (еженедельный доход) increases by
$50, you might go to more movies. The same idea applies to
groups of consumers. If total consumer income (увеличиваться),
the demand (увеличиваться). If consumer (доход) decreases,
products become (относительно) more (дорогой); so the
demand decreases.
B.: I see. It’s really common knowledge that one (основная
потребность) of all people is food and (изменения) in the
(снабжение) of food affect everyone. I know that Arthur Stupay,
a packaging industry analyst, says that changes in food packaging
alone will change how people live in the future.
A.: I reckon that improvements in the methods of processing food
have repeatedly allowed (поставщики) to (увеличивать
поставку) at a given (стоимость). Now, the list of ingredients on
a package of food make it more attractive to (потребители).
B.: But it’s an open secret, that more than one product seldom
(удовлетворять потребительский спрос). If the price of pork
doubled, many (потребители) would buy (заменители), such as
beef or chicken. (Спрос) for those products would (расти) while
the (спрос) for pork would fall.
31
A.: That’s one way of looking at it. But the (спрос) for a product is
influenced by the price of goods or (услуги) used with that
product. For example, hot dog buns are generally used with hot
dogs. If the (спрос) for hot dogs suddenly (снижаться), the
(спрос) for hot dog buns probably will (снижаться) too.
B.: Also I noticed that the demand for butter (иметь тенденцию)
to be elastic because margarine is available as a (заменитель).
The demand for gasoline (иметь тенденцию) to be inelastic –
and will remain so until vehicles using a low-cost fuel become
(доступны).
A.: Exactly. If you are close to public transportation, for example,
your (спрос) for a car is more elastic than it would be if you
had no alternative means of transportation.
B.: You must be tired. Let’s call it a day1. We’ll meet later this
evening.
B. Share your ideas with a partner or a small group and discuss
1

factors that influence the demand curve;

the underlying causes of changes in demand;

examples how packaging influences the way of life;

the interaction between supply and demand.
Давайте закончим на этом.
32
1.7 Reading for Cross-cultural Associations
a. Read the excerpts below about the peculiarities of business
etiquette in different countries. Discuss how it compares with
the situation in Russia.
A.
All transactions and most social encounters in India begin with
the established ritual of exchanging visiting cards. A person's
business card is a small card which they give to other people, and
which has their name and details of their job and company printed
on it. Like everywhere else, politeness in India is a virtue. You'll
quickly find that most Indians go out of their way to be friendly and
helpful. A traveller will frequently be asked about his nationality,
name, marital status and children, though the limited spread of
English tends to restrict the scope of most conversations. It can be a
bit tedious to go around like a walking curriculum vitae, but just
keep smiling. This curiosity is built on the best of friendly
intentions. No topics of conversation are taboo, providing you don't
take up an intransigent or arrogant stand. On the contrary, Indians
are extremely eager to explain their country and their beliefs to
foreigners. Indians seldom shake hands when greeting people (other
than during the course of official business); instead, you'll soon
learn to namaste1 with both hands brought together at face level.
B.
South Americans are very friendly and warm, but they dress and
behave a little less casually than the Western Europeans. For
instance, style is the most important factor in Brazilian dress. Wellcut, fashionable clothing is expected of Brazilian executives. Many
male executives forgo neckties. Still, Brazil is very large, and the
degree of casualness varies from city to city. However, the
Argentines have adopted British traditions towards clothing, usually
wearing formal, conservative outfits, even in many social situations.
Americans are considerably less formal than people in most other
countries. People there don’t like to talk about business when they
first meet you – they’d rather wait to get to know you a little bit
1
Индийское приветствие.
33
first. If you are invited for dinner or a social gathering, don’t bring
up business until you sense the time is right. You’ll definitely know
it’s time if the host brings up the subject himself.
C.
British business executives are likely to have a new, custom-tailored
wardrobe, though conservative styles are still preferred. Unlike in
the USA, businessmen in the UK do not usually loosen their ties or
take off their jackets in the office. Handshakes are now a norm in
business introductions – or rather, they are the norm when people in
business are introduced to each other for the first time. Ironically,
the first introduction, where a degree of familiarity is expected, is
the easiest. Though the English handshake is always somewhat
awkward, very brief, performed “at arm’s length”, and without any
of the spare-hand involvements – clasping, forearm patting, etc.
At subsequent meetings, particularly as business contacts get to
know each other better, a handshake greeting often starts to seem
too formal, but cheek-kisses would be too informal, so no-one is
sure what to do.
b.
c.
Sum up the specifics of business etiquette in different
countries covered by the extracts above.
 Visiting cards

Hands-shaking

Wardrobe: style

Body language

Rules of conversing

Rules of greeting and parting
Discuss how the information above compares with the
situation in Russia.
d. Search the Internet for supporting materials. Arrange the
findings in the Power Point presentation
34
1.8
CASE-STUDY & ROLE-PLAY
Consumer skills
KNOW YOUR RIGHTS
The case
Bob Mitchell, a newspaper reporter from Indiana, purchased a new
car that had problems. Mitchell bought the car in spring. For about
three months it ran well. Then, suddenly, the heat light went on,
indicating that the engine was overheating. Bob’s problems began.
During the next 12 months, the car was in and out of the repair
shop. Repeated efforts of the mechanics could not solve the problem
of overheating. The warranty1 covered some of the repair work, but
not over $2,000 of it. By July, the need for repairs seemed as great
as ever. Bob finally decided he had purchased a lemon - poorly
constructed car with several defective parts. He traded in his car 2
and bought one from another company.
In the USA laws, designated to protect consumers like Bob, are
called lemon laws and give consumers certain rights if they buy a
new car that has repeated problems. If repairs take the car out of
use for a specified period during the first year, the owner may
present the case to a mediation panel. 3 The panel can decide to
award the owner a new car or return the purchased price.
Case Analysis
Step 1. Single out the main facts of the proposed text. Present
them in a short review.
Step 2. Clarify the Issue:
 Dwell on the need for warranty, using additional information.
 Elaborate on the word combination “to trade in something”,
does this practice exist in Russia?
1
Гарантия качества продаваемого товара.
If you trade in an old car or appliance, you give it to the person you are buying a new one from so that you
pay less. (Oтдавать старую вещь в счёт покупки новой)
3
Коллегия посредников
2
35
Role-playing
Situation
You have bought a tablet. It seemed to work in the shop. When you
got home, you found that it was faulty.
What you must decide:
Go back to the shop and try to cancel a purchase and ask for
complete refund.
Cast
Student A
Student B
Student C
Student D
Shop-assistant
Manager of a shop
Enact the following talks between:
a. Student A, who has bought a faulty tablet and Student B,
who sympathises with his friend, but is of little help.
Student A
Your newly-bought tablet seemed to work in the shop, but when
you got home it started glitching, and now it is almost unusable.
Clarify the way you determine goods as satisfactory. The first thing
that comes to your mind is that the goods must not be broken or
damaged and must work properly. The second thing that you find
important is that the goods must be as described – whether on the
pack or by the salesman. A hair-drier which the box says is blue
should not turn out to be pink ... . Finally, the third principle comes
to your mind: The goods should be fit for their purpose.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Can I have a word with you?
 I’m sorry I don’t know much about it, but ... .
 I am inclined to think ... .
 I may be wrong, but I think ... .
 No, that’s no use.
 Oh, you do, don’t you?
36
Student B
You think that complaining about faulty goods or bad service is
never easy. You, as most people, dislike making a fuss. However,
when you are shopping, it is important to know your rights. You are
quite sure that if the shop sells you faulty goods, it has broken its
side of the bargain. Try to find out what is meant by satisfactory.
You seem to know that this is “merchandise quality”. Before you
decide to make a purchase, carefully check the item description.
You agree that a pair of shoes the salesman says is leather should
not be plastic. It reminds you of the case when you bought a glue
said to mend a broken china, but it didn’t. Still you don’t know
when you have the right to return the goods and have a complete
refund. Advise your friend to consult Student C, who is an
experienced buyer.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 As far as I know ... .
 I take your point … .
 May I interrupt?
 It’s really common knowledge that ... .
 That’s one way of looking at it. But ... .
 It reminds me of … .
1
 Half a loaf is better then no bread .
 I am afraid I haven’t been of great help to you.
b. between Student A and Student C, who has already
successfully applied to the shop for a refund:
Student A
Brief your partner on the situation and ask for advice. Repeat that
your tablet worked in the shop, but started glitching at home. Ask
Student C if you will be entitled to any compensation when, for
instance, without misuse your shoes came apart after only one day’s
wear. It is clear to you that situations differ.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Please, let me explain!
 I don’t know. It was right when I tried it.
1
Лучше полбуханки, чем ничего. (Ср.: На безрыбье и рак – рыба.).
37





As far as I remember ... .
Really?
But that isn’t the case with me.
Do you mean to say ... ?
Yes. Good idea.
Student C
You know that if goods are faulty when you first inspect or use
them, you should go back to the shop, say that you cancel the
purchase and ask for a complete refund. If the customer prefers, he
can accept a repair or a replacement. Explain to your partner that if
goods break down through no fault of his, after he has used them for
a time, he may still be entitled to some compensation. In some cases
it would be reasonable to expect a complete refund. You know that
when the washing machine irreparably broke down after only three
washdays, your mother got a complete refund. But if the washing
machine worked perfectly for a while and then broke, one could
only expect some of the purchase price back. You try to make your
partner understand that he and the supplier must negotiate a
reasonable settlement.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I am an old hand in it.
 Though I can’t say for sure ... .
 Pardon? (What did you say?)
1
 Look, where there is a will there is a way .
 I dare say you are right.
 Well, I supppose you can always ...
 Look here! There is nothing to worry about.
c. between Student A and Student D
Student A
Put your friend into the picture and ask for advice. You decide to go
to the shop. You feel persuaded to make a complaint. Stress that
when the customer buys something from a shop, he is making a
contract that a shop will consider complaints if the goods are not
satisfactory. But you want to make sure if this contract means that
1
Было бы желание и выход из положения найдется.
38
it’s up to the shop – not the manufacturer – to deal with your
complaints if the goods are not satisfactory.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I’d like to have a word with you. You see ... .
 And don’t forget ... .
 Good, I rely on you.
 What do you mean?
 I see … .
 Now, what do I do?
Student D
You have just joined your friends and heard the end of the
conversation. You think that the decision is justified because the law
is on the right side. A customer is not asking a favour to have faulty
goods put right. Remind that one should stop using the item as soon
as the fault is discovered. Remind that a customer can’t complain
about defects that were pointed out to him, or that a customer could
reasonably have been expected to notice. Suggest following your
friend to the shop.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Why such face? What’s wrong?
 You don’t say so!
 I am sorry to hear that. What is the matter with it, exactly?
 Is it still under guarantee?
 I am always willing to lend a hand.
 And I must admit that ... .
1
 Don’t make a mountain out of the molehill .
d. talks between Students A and D, a shop-assistant, and the
manager of a shop.
Student A
Go to the shop to make a complaint. You paid cash, and you didn’t
keep the receipt. Is the shop-assistant is unable to resolve your
problem, you want to see that person’s supervisor. If the salespeople
do not meet your complaint, you will go to consumer protection
1
Не делай из мухи слона.
39
agencies or, as a last resort 1, you may decide to file a lawsuit2
though it is expensive and time-consuming process.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I am sorry to bother you but … .
 I’m not at all satisfied with … .
 But I am a regular customer.
 Mind you, … .
 Look, if you don’t ... we will be forced to ... .
 You needn’t remind me of such things.
 Sorry, my fault.
Shop-assistant
Find out whether there is any receipt kept. Remind of the necessity
to keep any receipts one is given. If a person has to return
something, the receipt will help to prove where and when it was
bought. Most consumer problems can be straightened out quickly.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 What can I do for you?
 I think you may have forgotten … .
 That’s all right!
 I hope this can be settled.
 Take it easy!
 You should see the Manager.
 I was glad to help you.
Manager of a shop
Find out if the customer checked the tablet before s/he left the shop.
Examine the thing. Ask the customer to show how s/he operated the
tablet. Help him / her to do it in the appropriate way. Remind that it
is necessary to read the instructions carefully first.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 There is no reason for you to get so excited.
 However we can offer ... .
 I’m sorry to have to say this but ... .
1
2
в крайнем случае
подать иск
40





It may have slipped (from) your mind, but … .
Don’t worry!
It’s perfectly all right.
It really doesn’t matter.
The pleasure was all mine.
Student D
Formulate the four golden rules of a wise buyer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
There are four golden rules:
Examine the goods you buy at once. If they are faulty, tell the seller
quickly.
Keep any receipts you are given. If you have to return something, the
receipt will help to prove where and when you bought it.
Don’t be afraid to complain. You are not asking a favour to have faulty
goods put right. The law is on your side.
Be persistent (but not aggressive). Explain the problem simply and with
courtesy. If your complaint is justified, it is somebody’s responsibility to
put things right.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I can see you are very busy.
 Unless you pay the refund within … days, we will place the
matter in the hands of our solicitors / attorneys ... .
 We have no reason for regret.
 Everyone must have his own job and do it.
 We are sorry to have troubled you.
Making a Decision
In coming to a decision, consider the following points:
 What an educated buyer should bear in mind when making a
purchase.
 The rights of a buyer.
 The responsibilities of a seller.
What other factors should be discussed?
Your decision:
41
Appendix
Some useful hints on complaint and apologies







If you want to make a complaint to a person you don’t know
well, be careful! A direct complaint or criticism in England can
sound rude or aggressive.
It may be best to mention the problem more indirectly by saying:
I’m sorry to have to say this but ... .
I am sorry to bother you but ... .
I think you may have forgotten ... .
It may have slipped (from) your mind, but ... .
In some situations, but only if you are talking to someone you
know really well, it may be necessary to say, more directly:
 I’m not at all satisfied with ... .
And in extreme cases, if you have already tried more polite
methods, you may even have to threaten someone like this:
o Look, if you don’t send your engineer to repair the
machine
we will be forced / obliged to cancel our next order.
o Unless you pay the account within seven days, we will place
the matter in the hands of our solicitors / attorneys ... .
If someone complains to you, or if you think they are likely to
complain, it may be wise to apologise (even if it wasn’t really
your fault) and then promise to put things right by saying:
 Sorry, my fault.
 I’m very sorry, I didn’t realise.
 There has been a slip-up in our department.
And you can accept someone’s apology by saying:
 That’s all right!
 It’s perfectly all right.
 It really doesn’t matter.
If you don’t want to accept responsibility or blame someone else,
you could explain that the problem is due to:
 a clerical error, a computer error, a typing error,
a misunderstanding, a bad telephone line, pressure of work ... .
42
1.9 GRAMMAR BACK UP
PRACTICE WITH MODAL VERBS (I)
LEAD-IN
Ask yourself these questions when checking modal verbs:
1. What are modal verbs? Is there any difference between them
and all other verbs?
Verbs like can, may or must are modal verbs or modals. We use
them with other verbs. There are ten modals: can, could, may,
might, must, will, would, shall, should, ought to and three “semimodals”: need, dare and used to.
They are often characterized as defective1 verbs because they
 lack some forms: they have no infinitive, participle, gerund, no
–(e)s in the 3rd person singular;
 have no analytical forms (future tenses, perfect tenses, etc.);
 form negative and interrogative forms without the auxiliary
verb to do.
The cost of a product can include operating and servicing costs.
The goods must work properly tomorrow.
May I make a suggestion?
You shouldn’t accept the payment.
2. When do we use modal verbs?
1. In their first use, modal verbs have basic meanings which are
given in dictionaries:
can/could
may/might
will/would
shall after I/we
should/ought to
must
needn’t
1
ability
permission
prediction
prediction
duty
total obligation
no obligation
Partners can communicate by e-mail.
You may change the terms of delivery.
The consumers will make a complaint.
We shall fix it, I’m sure.
You ought to pay as you are told.
You must be in time for the meeting.
You needn’t pay the penalty.
Недостаточный.
43
2. The second way we use modals is to express degrees of
certainty and uncertainty. We use nine of these verbs for this
purpose (not shall).
John might be right about the new customer. (very uncertain)
John could be right about the new customer. (fairly certain)
John must be right about the new customer. (almost certain)
John can’t be right about the new customer. (almost certain)
3. Do modals have tense forms?
Modals are not “complete” verbs. For example, we use verbs like
must and can to refer only to the present or to the future. We have to
make up the “missing parts” of must with have to. In the same way
we use be able to to make up the “missing parts’ of can.
USE
ability
permission
 asking for
permission
to do
something
PRESENT/FUTURE
Prices can change daily.
During recession prices could
change daily.
She is able to make a
complaint.
The manager said she was able
to make a complaint.
Can I borrow your marker
pen? (informal)
Could I use your pen? (polite)
May I ask a question?
Might I speak to the manager?
asking for
permission
not to do
something
Must I deliver these desks
before a certain date?
Need I deliver these desks
before a certain date?
permission
to do or not
to do
something
You can borrow my dictating
machine. (informal)
You may use the phone.
(formal)


PAST
You needn’t do it
–
–
He was allowed to borrow my
dictating machine.
(not: could)
–
–
44
refusing
permission
to do
something

necessity
You can’t/mustn’t borrow my
pad. (informal)
Things may not be left
unattended. (formal – written
notice)
I must call him back.
(I say so)
You have to pay a penalty
clause. (necessity coming
from outside the speaker)
I’ve got to send a reply
urgently. (informal)
The line needs rescheduling. /
The line needs to be
rescheduled. (It’s necessary)
They ought to write it in full.
(It’s necessary)
absence of
necessity
obligation
duty
possibility
He wasn’t allowed to /
couldn’t borrow my pad.
–
I had to call him back.
(I was obliged to.)
He had to pay a penalty clause
when they failed to deliver on
time.
I had to send an urgent reply
when they asked for it.
The line needed rescheduling. /
The line needed to be rescheduled. (It was necessary)
They ought to have written it
in full. (It was necessary, but
they didn’t)
You don’t have to/don’t need I didn’t have to do it.
to/ needn’t do it if you don’t
(It wasn’t necessary)
want to. (It isn’t necessary)
I needn’t have done it. (It
wasn’t necessary for me to do
it, but I did)
I didn’t need to/didn’t have to
do it. (it wasn’t necessary for
me to do it, but I did.)
We must honour the date. (We We had to honour the date
are obliged to; we say so)
when we made a delivery. (We
were obliged to)
We have to honour the date.
We had to honour the date
(We are obliged to; the
when we made a delivery.
contract says so)
Everyone must obey the law.
The monopolists had to obey
the law then.
The buyers ought to be more
The buyer ought to have been
careful. (It’s the right thing to more careful.
do but they do not always do
(It was the right thing to do but
it)
he did not do it.)
They can meet the claim.
–
(90% certain)
45
probability
The visitor may be talking to
the manager now. (50%
certain; it’s possible that he is
talking)
The goods could still be in the
warehouse. (50% certain, it’s
possible they are there)
The buyer might ask a refund.
(40% certain, perhaps he
wants a refund)
It is likely that the seller will
agree to the penalty.
He is likely to sign the
contract.
The prices will drop soon.
(100% certain; prediction)
The customer should ask for a
discount. (90% certain; future
only; he’ll ask for a discount.)
The visitor may have spoken to
the manager yesterday.
(Perhaps he spoke to the
manager.)
The goods could have been
damaged. (Luckily, they were
safe)
He might have forgotten.
(Perhaps he has forgotten.)
It was likely that the seller had
agreed to pay the bill.
He was likely to sign the
contract the day before.
–
The customer should have
asked for a discount by now.
(He has probably received it by
now.)
The goods ought to be here by The goods ought to have been
now. (90% certain; they will
here a week ago. (They have
probably be here)
probably come)
She must be working. (90%
She must have been working.
logical
assumptions certain – positive; I’m sure she (Positive; I’m sure she was
is working )
working)
/ deduction
He can’t be an efficient
He can’t have handled
advertising manager.
advertising efficiently.
(Negative; I’m sure he is not
(Negative; I’m sure he didn’t
efficient)
handle advertising efficiently
then)
She couldn’t be in the office.
–
(Negative; I don’t think she is
in the office)
You should ask for a refund.
You should have asked for a
advice
refund. (Lost chance; but you
giving advice
didn’t)
You ought to honour the
You ought to have honoured
contract. (I advise you; most
the contract. (Lost chance; but
businessmen believe this)
you didn’t)
You had better honour the
–
contract. (It’s a good idea)
46
asking for
advice
doubt
requests
offers
suggestions
prohibition
order
asking for
instructions
criticism
Shall I ask for a refund?
Can it be late?
Could it be late?
Will you phone the Sales
department?
Would you mind reading this
e-mail?
Can I do anything for you?
Shall I do it for you?
Would you like me to help
you?
Shall we place an order with
them?
We can/could do it now if you
wish.
You can’t use your camera
here.(you aren’t allowed to)
You mustn’t use your camera
here.
You may not use your camera
here.
You will do it.
You are to do it.
You must do it.
Shall I do it?
Can it have been late?
Could it have been late?
–
You could at least warn me
about it.
–
You could have at least warned
me about it before the meeting.
They should have honoured the
delivery date. (But they didn’t)
They ought to have paid in
time last month. (It was the
right thing to do but they didn’t
do it)
You might have paid in time.
–
reproach
–
You might pay in time.
47
They couldn’t use your camera
there. (They weren’t allowed)
Exercise 1
Task 1. Familiarize yourself with the text. Consult the Grammar
notes and comment on the use of the word combinations in
bold type. Translate the text into Russian.
Peter Wiles, Hector Grant’s nephew, is the Production Manager.
He is going to have a very hectic day, but he thinks he will have a
quiet morning and will be able to dictate into a dictating machine a
long report which his secretary, Jane, can type back later.
John Martin comes into Peter’s office very worried. He has just
received a memo from the Production Department telling him that
there will be a delay in delivery of some special plastic coated steel
sheets. These sheets are wanted for an important order. They will
form part of a console for a computerized control system, the place
where one man can sit and be responsible for the production of a
large, fully- automatic chemical plant. To get the order, Harper &
Grant had to promise to deliver these desks before a certain date. If
they fail to deliver on time they will lose money, because there is a
penalty clause in the contract.
To make these desks, the firm need steel sheets, which are
coated, or covered, with plastic. The plastic coating is finished in a
heat-treatment oven called an annealing oven. But the steel
company who supply these sheets will not be able to deliver on the
date they promised: that is to say, they cannot honour their contract
with Harper & Grant. But Harper & Grant did not have a penalty
clause in their contract with the suppliers, so they may lose money
unless something can be done about it pretty quickly.
Note that if the goods are not delivered on the day on which they
were promised the buyer may send a letter to complain and ask the
manufacturers, or suppliers, to hurry up the delivery. If the buyer
needs the goods very urgently indeed he may send an e-mail if he
cannot get through by telephone.
Task 2. Retell the text in the past tense.
48
PRACTICE WITH ABILITY
1. What is the difference between can/could and be able to?
a. When we want to say that someone had the ability to do
something and did it in a particular situation, we must use
was/were able to and not could.
“Bell & Sons” were able to affect the sale and purchase of
aeroplanes as they had a monopoly in this kind of transport.
b. There is an exception with the verbs of perception and some
verbs of thinking, such as
see hear smell taste feel understand think remember
We use can/could with these verbs when we actually did these
things in particular situations.
The price was printed in red and we could see it distinctly.
c. We use could not for both general ability and particular situations.
As the buyer and the seller couldn’t meet in person
they communicated through their agents.
d. When we want to say that someone had the opportunity or ability
to do something in the past but did not do it we use could have +
past participle.
The company could have obtained complete control over oil
in the country but they lost their chance.
e. Can is not used for expressing the future, so we use be able to in
such cases.
You will be able to find a job if you look through newspapers.
49
Exercise 1
Complete the sentences using can, could or be able to in the
affirmative or negative form.
1. Governments will _________ take legal actions to restrict or
halt business activities of monopolies through anti-trust laws.
2. In the mid-1980s only 80% of all teenagers who wanted to work
_________ find a job.
3. Though he was a good engineer he _________ find a job.
4. I _________ understand why you want to meet the manager
face-to-face.
5. How long have you _________ control the market?
6. The manager wasn’t in the office for very long, but we
_________ speak to him for a few minutes.
7. Be careful when you fill out an application, because this step
_________ be critical.
8. He always bought a lot of newspapers and thus _________ read
all ads. It didn’t take him long to find a job.
9. As public job agencies _________ help you, try a private firm.
10. John _________ not cope with the increasing public relations
work. He needs somebody to help him.
Exercise 2
If the word or words in bold type are used incorrectly, write the
correction in the space.
1. Newspaper ads were able to become a good source of
openings, but there was no newspaper in that settlement. ______
2. He could have got the job, but he even didn’t try to. _________
3. The employer wasn’t able to look through all applications at
once. _________
4. We could have known all about prices for that commodity in
the market as we studied the problem closely. _________
5. They could have contacted him, but he didn’t leave his name
and address. _________
6. You were able to read the instructions if your wife didn’t throw
it away with the box. _________
7. Peter couldn’t have believed that the Managing Director had
really appointed the woman applicant advertising manager.
_________
50
8. She didn’t speak very frankly, but I could understand that I
was quite high on her list. _________
9. He could brief the agency on the kind of advertising campaign
we want only because the new advertising manager turned out
to be quite efficient. _________
10. She could have become an account executive a year ago, but
decided to join a training scheme run by Palmer & Vincent
Agency for a year. _________
11. A lot of people thought the manager could discuss the layout of
the leaflets with the clients, but he didn’t. _________
12. The firm could have to advertise on television, but they didn’t
plan to go into television. _________
13. We were able to give our account to a firm of advertising
agents, but we were not satisfied with their performance.
_________
14. John Martin could have supervised an advertising campaign if
he was not so busy. _________
PRACTICE WITH PERMISSION
1. How can we ask for permission?
We use can, could, may and might to ask for permission. Could is a
polite form; may and might are more formal.
Could / can / may / might I ask you a personal question?
Might / may I make a suggestion?
2. How can we give or refuse permission?
We use can or may (not could or might) when we personally give
or refuse permission.
Could I use your name as reference? – Of course, you may.
Can I look at the proofs? – Certainly, you can.
We also refer to “some other authority” that gives/refuses
permission:
51
You can/cannot or You are allowed to/not allowed to
You can/cannot or You are permitted/not permitted to
You mustn’t or You are forbidden to
smoke here.
3. What is the difference between different verbs used to talk
about permission?
a. When we talk about things that are already permitted or not
permitted we use can(’t) or be (not) allowed to.
Foodstuffs cannot/are not allowed to be sold after the expiration
date.
Monopolies Commission can/is allowed to examine all special
arrangements and mergers.
b. But when we want to say that someone had permission to do
something and they did it in a particular past situation we must
use was / were allowed to (could is not possible).
Certain producers were allowed by law to have a full monopoly
over the sale of their goods.
Exercise 1
Complete the sentences using one of the words or word
combinations.
1. If things are faulty when you first use them, you ... go back to
the shop and ask for complete refund.
(A) can
(B) could
(C) was allowed to
2. ... I ask you to show me that washing machine in operation?
(A) might
(B) could
(C) was able to
3. All troubles arose from the fact that Fox & Co. ... import their
produce.
(A) could
(B) were allowed to (C) are allowed
4. Could I look through your magazine? – Of course, you ... .
(A) may
(B) could
(C) might
5. Now everybody ... use these new telephones in the hall but for
some fee.
(A) is allowed to
(B) could
(C) might
6. Until the 19th century people ... travel freely between most
countries without a passport.
(A) couldn’t
(B) are allowed
(C) could
52
7. After talking to the director we ... make a special school bulletin
board for ads.
(A) could
(B) were allowed to (C) might
8. Applicants ... to present references of individuals who could
attest to their work abilities.
(A) could
(B) might
(C) were allowed
9. The firm ... advertise on television because it was much too
expensive.
(A) was not allowed to (B) couldn’t
(C) could
PRACTICE WITH OBLIGATION AND NECESSITY
have to/don’t have to
don’t need to/needn’t
must/mustn’t
have got to/haven’t got to
1. What is the difference in use between must and have to when
they express obligation and necessity?
a. We normally use must when the authority comes from the
speaker. And we use have to when the authority comes from
outside the speaker.
The goods must be as described on
I have to cancel this purchase.
the pack (I insist).
(My family insists as the goods
are damaged).
We must keep the receipt, it’ll help us I have to see the employer at
to prove where and when we bought 10 o’clock. (I’ve got an
the thing (I think it is necessary).
appointment).
b. We only use must (+ infinitive) to talk about the present and
the future. When we talk about the past we use had to.
Before beginning to interview the candidates the manager
had to study their applications.
c. We also can use have got to (but not for the past actions), which
is more informal; have to is used for things that happen
repeatedly.
Do you often have to accept
a repair or replacement
when goods are faulty?
53
I’ve got to accept two repairs
this evening.
2. How can we express the absence of necessity to do something?
a. We use mustn’t when there is a strict prohibition or an obligation
not to do something. And we use don’t have to when it is not
necessary to do something.
You mustn’t speak to clients
yourself.
(Do not speak.)
Buyers and sellers do not always
have to meet face-to-face.
(It is not necessary.)
b. We can also use other expressions to say that it is not necessary
to do something.
I don’t need to look for a job.
I haven’t got to look for a job.
I needn’t look for a job.
c. We often use needn’t when the speaker gives someone
permission not to do something.
You needn’t pay me back the money you owe me until next week.
(=I give you permission not to pay.)
NB! Instead of needn’t, you can use don’t / doesn’t need to. So
you can say:
We needn’t advertise it. or We don’t need to advertise it.
Exercise 1
Choose the correct form.
1. You mustn’t/needn’t pay in cash in an auction.
2. Your decision mustn’t/haven’t to be the result of your tastes,
but of the necessity.
3. You mustn’t/don’t need to look through all these
advertisements. Here is a letter from Mr. B., he is hiring you.
4. You mustn’t/don’t have to write to Bell & Co., they have just
phoned. But we must/have to send our agent there as they insist
on it .
54
5. The law of a country mustn’t/needn’t permit producers a full
monopoly over the sale of their goods.
6. The Government mustn’t/haven’t got to invent any new laws,
the existing anti-trust laws are very effective.
7. You mustn’t/don’t need to negotiate with the supplier, he
must/has to make a replacement by law.
8. Robert didn’t need to sell/needn’t have sold his car when he
had no money, because a few days later he won a lot of money
in a competition.
9. – What sort of advertising campaign are you up to? Television?
– Well, it mustn’t/needn’t be television – it’s too expensive.
But it must/need to be efficient.
10. This experience is very valuable. You must/have to study it
carefully and mustn’t/needn’t ignore it.
11. You needn’t have sold/didn’t need to sell your house to the
first bidder. I know several people who would like to have it for
a higher price.
12. The Customs needn’t have checked/didn’t need to check all
boxes as they found what they were looking for in the first one.
13. You needn’t have made/didn’t need to make changes in your
old store house, you only wasted your money.
14. The advertising was adequate, so she needn’t have
worried/didn’t need to worry about the sale the way she did.
Exercise 2
Complete the sentences using must or a form of have to/have got to.
1. In former days people who wanted to buy or sell something
______ gather on special days in some special place called the
market.
2. Analysing the situation we can say that prices will inevitably
______ fluctuate.
3. ______ you ______leave tomorrow? I’d prefer you to stay.
4. The list of the selected applicants is too long, I do know I
______ choose only one of them for the final interview.
55
5. You ______ ask permission any time you want to make some
changes, it is inevitable.
6. We don’t _______ agree to a discount, our goods are in great
demand.
7. You ______ pack these things very carefully, they are fragile.
8. At an auction buyers ______ quickly decide what price they
are willing to pay.
9. In order to get what you want in the market you will ______
outbid all the others who want the same.
10. As there is a pile of applications for the job of an advertising
manager, J. Martin ______ go through them and decide which
of the applicants have the right qualifications for the post.
PRACTICE WITH OBLIGATION AND ADVICE
should, ought to, had better, be supposed to, shall
1. When do we use should or ought to to express obligation and
advice?
a. We can use both should and ought to talk about obligation and
duty, to ask for and give advice, and in general to say what is
right or good.
They should/ought to meet in person if they want to come
to a decision.
You shouldn’t/oughtn’t to change prices now.
Don’t you think the Government should /ought to restrict
“cornering the market”?
b. We use should/ought to have + past participle to say that
someone did the wrong thing in the past:
The Government shouldn’t have allowed that several companies
obtained complete control over the most important commodities.
You ought to have made your requirements more reasonable
(but you did not).
56
c. We should not use do with ought to in negative and affirmative
sentences.
Ought we to place an advertisement with papers?
You ought not to come in person, first send in the letter of
application.
2. How can we express recommendation or ask for advice,
opinion or instructions?
a. Had better + infinitive without to expresses a strong recommendation in a particular situation. It refers to the present or future,
not past.
These goods are in the perishable category, you’d better sell them
as soon as possible.
You had better not go beyond anti-trust laws.
b. We can use shall I? when we want to know someone’s opinion
or when we want advice or instructions.
Shall I fill the application?
How long shall I wait for the answer?
Exercise 1
Complete each question using shall I and the most suitable verb
in the box.
ask
get
invite
look for
publish
return
say
speak to
tell
wear
1. When shall I complete the table?
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Who _______ about the delivery of pumps?
How much money _______ from the bank?
_______ an advertisement to find a job?
On what date _______ you the money?
Where _______ the article?
When _______ candidates for the final interview?
What _______ the boss if he asks about your practical job
experience?
57
9. What _______ to make a favourable impression on the
Managing Director at the final interview?
10. Who _______ is calling and with which purpose?
11. _______ the new advertising manager to contact the public at
large through newspapers to give correct information about the
new pricing policy?
Exercise 2
Complete the advice using words from the box. Make several
variants if possible.
A should
D ought to have
G should have
B shouldn’t
E ought to
H shouldn’t have
C had better F had better not I
J oughtn’t to
oughtn’t to have
1. – I’ve lost my credit card.
– You ______ (report) it to the credit card company immediately.
2. You ______ (break) the law.
3. – I’m bored with my job.
– Perhaps, you ______ (look for) another job.
4. – My new car keeps on breaking down.
– I think you ______ (claim) a replacement.
5. You ______ (work) so hard; you ______ (relax) more.
6. You ______ (examine) all the arrangements or the seminar may
fail.
7. You ______ (make) improvements in the methods of
processing food at your factory even a year ago.
8. You ______ (leave) your name and address in the job agency,
you could have already got results.
9. You ______ (claim) a refund if goods are damaged through
your fault.
10. The plane is just going to take off. You ______ (switch off)
your phone.
58
Exercise 3
Render the following into English using the appropriate modal
verbs for the expressions in bold type.
Управляющий (У.): – Я собираюсь сменить оборудование и
должен нанять помощника, который будет с ним работать.
Заместитель управляющего по рекламе (З.У.): – Следует ли
нам поместить объявление в средствах массовой
информации?
У.: – Нет необходимости. Если кто-нибудь захочет обратиться
к нам за работой, пусть придет сам. Боюсь, у нас не
хватит средств на то, чтобы покрыть стоимость рекламы.
З.У. – Если мы поместим объявление в витрине, то нам не
придется тратиться на рекламу. Мне написать и
поместить его?
У. – Сделайте это. Нет необходимости тратить средcтва на
дорогую рекламу.
З.У. – А можно поместить объявления на местной доске объявлений?
У. –
Да.
Между
прочим,
хотя
м-р
Браун
и
квалифицированный бухгалтер, в прошлом месяце ему не
удалось свести концы с концами. Боюсь, нам придется
экономить.
З.У. – Ясно. В прошлом месяце, когда мы с ним разговаривали,
он четко не объяснил причин неприятностей, но я смог
понять, что нам придется столкнуться лицом к лицу с
неустойкой из-за несвоевременной поставки последнего
спецзаказа.
У. – Возможно, так. Я все же думаю, что мы могли бы предусмотреть сроки поставки в контракте.
Exercise 4
Imagine that you have received a lot of applications for a job in
your firm. Select only one of them that looks promising.
Criticize the rest of them using should/ought to for the absence
of curriculum vitae (career history), references or any
information about the work record, education, training or
qualifications.
59
M o d e l:
Applicant No. … ought to have mentioned / written …
1.
My name is Jim Brown and I can do great things for your company. I’m 29,
unmarried, fit and healthy and I have got qualifications and experience to
make me the ideal.
2. I am sure I should be able to manage the department
successfully, as I am good at supervising people and at giving
clear instructions.
I feel that I would be.
3.
I wish to apply for the job you have advertised. Please, send me
further details.
4. As you would see from my enclosed CV, I have been working for
my present company for three years. I joined them as assistant
works manager and was promoted to production manager last year.
Before that I had two years taking a full-time diploma course.
5. I have just completed a training scheme run by Palmer &
Vincent and would be grateful if I could discuss the post
available in person and perhaps go into my background and my
suitability for the post in more detail.
6. Although my present employers are first-rate and our
relationship is excellent, I am keen to extend my range and I
am looking for a more rewarding and challenging post.
Exercise 5
Give advice as to how to write a curriculum vitae (CV), keeping
in mind the specimen below. Dates and information written in
bold type appeared as a result of your advice and criticism (1–
10). Write 10 sentences using modal verbs and expressions:
should, ought to, ought not to, had better do smth., had better not
do smth., needn’t have to, can.
Follow the model:
– You should write your first name in full.
– You’d better give more details about your work with Millbank Foods.
60
CURRICULUM VITAE
Name
Address
Telephone
Date of Birth
Marital Status
M.A АRY B. RENDA SCOTT
44 London Road, Winchester SO16 7HJ
0962 8890 (home); 0 0703 77877 (work) п
30 August 1967
single
(1)
(2)
(3)
EDUCATION
Churchill comprehensive school, Basingstoke
WinchesterTechnical College
1976–1983
1983–1985
(4)
1983
(5)
QUALIFICATIONS
C.S.E.
G.C.E.
BTEC National
Maths, English, French, Geography,
History, Chemistry
‘0’ Level Commerce, Economics,
Spanish
Secretarial Practice, Office Practice
1984
1985
EXPERIENCE
Office assistant
Totton Engineering, Totton
1984–1985
Secretary to
Totton Engineering, Totton
1985–1986
Sales Director
Personal Assistant
Millbank Foods, Southampton
1986 to date
to Export Manager
My work with Millbank Foods has involved responsibility for giving instructions to
Junior staff and dealing with clients and suppliers in person and on the telephone. I
have accompanied the Export Manager to Food Trade fairs in Germany, France and
the USA.
(6)
OTHER INFORMATION
I speak and write French and Spanish quite well ( Intermediate level ). I am now
taking an evening course in German conversation.
(7)
OTHER ACTIVITIES AND INTERESTS
I play club basketball regularly and I sing and play guitar with a local country and
western band.
(8)
REFERENCES
Mr. S.J. Grant, Personnel Manager, Millbank foods, 34-42 South Dock Drive,
Southampton S08 9QT
Mr. J. Robinson, Sales Director, Totton Engineering, Cadnam Street, Totton S023 4GT (9)
Miss P.L. Macpherson, Head teacher, Churchill Comprehensive School,
(10)
Independence Way, Basingstoke BA8 9U
61
Exercise 6
Do it in English:
Жаловаться на неисправные товары всегда непросто. Большинство людей не любят поднимать шум. Но вы должны
помнить, что когда вы покупаете что-либо в магазине, вы
заключаете с ним контракт, что магазин должен рассмотреть
вашу жалобу, если вы будете недовольны товаром. Когда
товар вас удовлетворяет? Во-первых, если он сохранил
“товарный вид” (не поврежден и работает соответствующим
образом). Во-вторых, товар должен соответствовать своему
описанию, будь то этикетка или рассказ продавца. И, наконец,
товар должен соответствовать своему предназначению. Если
товар неисправен при первом же использовании, покупатель
может отправиться в магазин и заявить, что он аннулирует
покупку и просить полностью возвратить деньги. Можно
согласиться на ремонт или замену неисправного товара.
Одной из насущных потребностей человека является еда.
Всех нас затрагивают изменения в снабжении продуктами
питания. Если стоимость продукта меняется, а все прочее
остается неизменным, изменяется спрос на этот товар. Если
цена на продукт увеличивается вдвое, то многие потребители
будут покупать заменители этого товара, если они имеются в
наличии и стоят дешевле. Спрос на товары-заменители будет
расти, и это вызовет снижение спроса на основной товар.
Glossary
accept v
acceptance n
affect v
1. to take or receive (something offered or
given) , esp. willingly
2. to take or receive as satisfactory or
reasonable, often unwillingly
3. to recognize as being true or right
1. the act of accepting or being accepted
2. favour; approval
3. (in business) an agreement to pay
to cause some result or change in; influence
62
to cover one’s costs, making neither a profit
nor loss
a level of business activity at which a
break-even point n
company makes neither a loss nor a profit
to give up (a planned activity, event, etc); state
cancel v
or decide that something will not happen
1. something which produces an effect; a
cause n
person, event or thing that makes
something happen
2. something that provides a satisfactory
reason for an action
3. the reason for action in a court of law; a
matter over which a person takes legal
action
to lead to or be the cause of
cause
to share or exchange opinions, feelings,
communicate v
information, etc.
to try to win something in competition with
compete v
someone else
the act of competing; the struggle between
competition n
several people or groups to win something or
to gain an advantage; rivalry
1. a statement or cause of annoyance,
complaint n
dissatisfaction, unhappiness, pain, etc.
2. the act of complaining
to
express
feelings
of
annoyance,
complain v
dissatisfaction, unhappiness, pain, etc.; say in
an annoyed, unhappy, dissatisfied way
the situation in a market when there are only a
corner n
small number of large suppliers
to force (a person or animal) into a difficult or
corner v
threatening position
to corner the market to gain control of (supply of certain goods)
the process of spoiling the condition or quality
damage n
of something and the harm or loss that results
inflict physical harm on (something) so as to
damage v
diminish its value, usefulness, or normal
function
an agreement or arrangement , esp. in business
deal n
break v even (to)
63
or politics, esp. one that is to the advantage of
both sides
to give, esp. as a share of something
deal v
to deal with something to take action about; tackle
to be about; have as a subject
to do business, esp. trade, with
1. willingness to take risks and do things that
enterprise n
are difficult, new or daring
2. an organization, esp. a business firm
1. to give (someone) the right to do something
entitle v
or have something
2. to give a title to a book, play, etc.
to change continually or frequently
fluctuate v
a joining together of two or more companies
merger n
or firms
a right or power held by one single person or
monopoly n
group to provide a service, produce
something, etc.
to have or get complete unshared control of
monopolise v
to become the owner of , esp. by means of
obtain v
effort or planning
money spent regularly (e.g. on insurance or
overheads n
heating) to keep a business running
1. officially allow (someone) to do something
permit v
2. authorize(something)
3. provide an opportunity or scope for
(something) to take place; make possible
1. to continue to exist or be widespread
prevail v
2. to gain control or victory; win a fight
a repayment; a sum of money refunded
refund n
to give (money) in repayment, in return for loss
refund v
or damage, in order to balance accounts, etc.
to keep within limits of size or number or to a
restrict v
certain limit
to bring under firm control; not allow to have
subject v
free expression
governed by or dependent on
subject adj
a business deal, an act of buying or selling
transaction n
something
64
Topics for presentations:
1.
Real Market Versus Perfect Market
2.
Factors affecting market demand
3.
Competition
4.
Competition in Labour Markets
5.
Types of Monopoly
6.
Business Etiquette
7.
Know your Rights
8.
Cornering the Market
9.
The Job of an Advertising Manager
10. Anti-monopolistic Regulation in Different Countries
11. Labour Markets
12. Career planning
13. The peculiarities of business etiquette in different
countries
14. Business e-mail writing
15. Penalty Clauses And Why Sales People Accept Them
16. The Ways To Offset The Penalty Clause
Topics for essays
 Competition is a driving force of the economy.
 Competition is an evil for the economy.
 The most important factors in pricing decisions are
production costs.
65
2
OVERVIEW OF ECONOMIC GROWTH
Contents
2.1 Lead-in
Section overview
2.2 Language Input
Developing vocabulary
2.3 Background Information
Costs of Economic Growth
2.4 Comprehension
Understanding the reading
Reviewing the concept
2.5 Speaking & Writing
Language focus
Metric and non-metric measures
Language in context
Presenting information
Fill-in exercises
Memorandum
Communication skills
2.6 Dialogue
Interaction between input &
output
2.7 Reading for Cross-cultural
Associations
Employment in Britain
2.8 Case study & Role-play
Social Costs of Growth
2.9 Grammar Back up
Practice with Modal Verbs:
Possibility
Probability
Deduction
66
2.1 LEAD-IN
SECTION OVERVIEW
Your growth determines what you will be like in future. You can
influence your physical growth by the food you choose to eat and
the amount of exercise you get. You also can influence your
academic growth. You can choose to study hard or to study just
enough to pass. Similarly, countries can choose their rate of growth.
You will learn how economic growth is encouraged in a market
system, about its advantages and disadvantages. In this section you
will learn about costs that accompany the benefits of economic
growth.
Discuss the following questions; make use of the prompts in
brackets:
1. In what way do the job openings influence job hunting?
(labour market, competition, to affect, opportunity costs,
tradeoffs, to evaluate)
2. What can be the opportunity costs of building new enterprises?
(ecological damage, job openings, employment, to combine, to
obtain, to restrict)
2.2 VOCABULARY
количество, сумма, объем
amount n
When your manager bills customers
the amount will be large enough not
only to cover the company’s costs
but also to invest in capital
resources.
Когда менеджер выписывает
клиентам счет, сумма будет
достаточной для того, чтобы
не только покрыть издержки
фирмы, но и сделать вложения в основные фонды.
составлять сумму, достигать,
равняться
amount v
67
average adj
As people produce more goods and
services, the average standard of
living goes up.
benefit n
This trend has a lot of benefits.
benefit v
Why does the government benefit
from economic growth?
bill n
Can you put that on my bill?
средний, усредненный
По мере того как
производится больше
товаров и услуг, средний
уровень жизни возрастает.
прибыль, выгода, пособие,
пенсия
У этого направления много
положительных сторон.
получать выгоду, пользу,
помощь
Почему правительство
получает выгоду от
экономического роста?
счет к оплате; свидетельство;
долговое обязательство,
вексель
Вы можете включить это
в мой счет?
выписывать счет, накладную
поощрять, содействовать,
стимулировать
Рыночная система поощряет
Economic growth is encouraged in a
экономический рост, но
market system, but it has advantages
у него есть преимущества
and disadvantages.
и недостатки.
enlist v
зачислять; причислять;
поступать на военную службу
(добровольно)
Его 17-летний сын
His 17-year-old son enlisted in the
добровольно ушел служить
navy because he felt that the
на флот, потому что
pressure at home had become too
напряжение дома стало
heavy.
чрезмерным.
hire n
наем, прокат; плата за наем
bill v
encourage v
нанимать, брать на прокат
hire v
68
страхование, страховой
платеж, страховой полис
insurance n
После того как закончилась
страховка по безработице,
он не имел дохода в течение
полугода.
He received no income for six
months after his unemployment
insurance was over.
оправдывать, подтверждать
justify v
When your company uses money to
buy new equipment, it expects
future returns from the equipment to
justify the purchases.
действовать, работать,
эксплуатировать
operate v
Thousands of workers make their
living operating a computer.
Тысячи работников
зарабатывают на жизнь,
работая на компьютере.
продукция; выпуск изделий
output n
общий объем продукции
aggregate output
ant.
Когда компания использует
деньги для закупки нового
оборудования, она ожидает,
что будущая прибыль
оправдает приобретение.
вложения, затраты,
инвестиции
input
накладные расходы
overhead n (=overheads)
Employers obtain net profit only
after they have paid all expenses
arising out of their business
activities: interest, rentals, payments
for machinery, wages and overheads
generally.
69
Работодатели получают
чистую прибыль только
оплатив все расходы,
вытекающие из их
деятельности: проценты,
арендную плату, оплату
оборудования, заработную
плату, накладные расходы
в целом.
способствовать, содействовать;
повышать в должности;
учреждать
Если перерасходовать
If the resources are overused to
ресурсы для содействия
promote economic growth now,
экономическому росту в
future growth may be much slower.
настоящем, то в будущем
рост может быть
значительно замедлен.
range n
ряд, линия; сфера, зона;
диапазон; масштаб
range v
колебаться в пределах;
ранжировать
promote v
The workers ranged in age from 34
to 55.
Возраст рабочих колебался в
пределах от 34 до 55 лет.
long-range / short-range
долго-/краткосрочный
Long-range economic growth
Долгосрочный экономичесdepends on the continued production
кий рост зависит от непреof capital goods.
рывного выпуска товаров
производственного назначения.
rent n
арендная плата, рента
rent v
арендовать, брать в аренду;
брать/давать напрокат
Аренда этой машины стоит
18 долларов в день.
This car is rented at $18 a day.
rental n
сумма арендной платы
replace v
заменять, замещать,
восстанавливать
Чтобы бизнес продолжал
работать на современном
уровне, он должен постоянно
обновлять и заменять свои
основные фонды.
To keep its operations up-to-date, a
business must continually renew or
replace its capital resources.
70
retrain v
Many redundant workers tried
retraining programs, but found that
employers were reluctant to hire
older, experienced persons as
beginners.
заниматься переподготовкой
Многие сокращенные
рабочие попытались пойти
на курсы переподготовки,
но обнаружили, что работодатели не хотят нанимать
немолодых, опытных людей
в качестве новичков.
доход, прибыль, выручка;
отчет
If the business is successful, the
Если бизнес успешен, то риск
risk-taking has been justified, and
оправдан, а от инвестированinvested capital earns part of the
ного капитала получают приprofits as a return on the investment
быль как доход от инвестиand the period in which the capital
ции и компенсацию за
was at risk.
период риска.
revenue n
доход, выручка
Growth provides the government
(Экономический) рост
with additional tax revenues.
обеспечивает правительство
дополнительными налоговыми поступлениями.
return(s) n ( from)
save v
Societies must save some of what
they produce today in order to have
more for tomorrow.
экономить, сберегать, копить
Общество должно откладывать на будущее часть того,
что оно производит сегодня.
support n
поддержка, помощь; средства
к существованию;
материально-техническое
обеспечение
support v
поддерживать, оказывать
помощь, обеспечивать
У него на содержании жена
и сын, а также он должен
выплачивать большую
закладную.
He had a wife and son to support
and a sizeable mortgage to pay.
71
DEVELOPING VOCABULARY
2.2.1. Consult a dictionary, write out the transcription and
practise the pronunciation of the following words:
a decrease
advantage
air purification
argue
auto repair shop
average
comfortable
company
contribute
to decrease
determine
disadvantage
encourage
environment
equipment
insurance
justify
leisure
measurable
mortgage
occur
preferable
revenue
similarly
society
sphere
survive
the produce
to produce
72
2.2.2. Match the English word combinations in the left-hand
column with the Russian equivalents in the right-hand
column:
a. накопление (образование)
отходов
2. to expect returns from something b. искать работу
3. a mixed blessing
c. зарабатывать прибыль
4. to hire help from outside
d. поступления от налогов
5. to benefit from unemployment
e. материально поддерживать
insurance
безработных родственников
6. to reduce the employment of
f. вносить вклад в
typesetters
долговременный рост
7. to justify the purchase
g. вкладывать деньги в
основные фонды
8. to seek employment
h. выставлять счет за что-либо
9. the average standard of living
i. получать помощь в виде
страховки по безработице
10. to support unemployed relatives j. прибыль от капиталовложений
11. to influence the rate of growth
k. ожидать прибыль от чего-либо
12. tax revenue
l. способствовать росту
13. to cover the costs
m. оправдать покупку
14. to contribute to long-range
n. нанимать дополнительную
growth
рабочую силу
15. to bill somebody for something o. “палка о двух концах”
16. to earn profits
p. покрывать расходы
17. returns on investment
q. положительные (выгодные)
стороны экономического
роста
18. to promote growth
r. влиять на темпы роста
19. generation of waste products
s. разрушение окружающей
среды
20. to use up natural resources
t. средний уровень жизни
21. destruction of natural
u. уменьшить количество
environments
нанимаемых наборщиков
22. the benefits of economic growth v. истощать природные ресурсы
1. to invest in capital resources
73
2.3 READING
COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH
If you spent all the money you have now, you might be able to
buy many of the things you want. However, you probably would
choose not to spend all of your money right now. You realise that
by saving some now, you will save more for the future. Societies
also must save some of what they produce today in order to have
more for tomorrow. Every society must produce capital goods as
well as consumer goods to meet future economic needs. Longrange economic growth depends on the continued production of
capital goods1.
Everyone who works contributes to the growth of capital
resources. Suppose you earn $72 a week, working evenings in an auto
repair shop. How do you contribute to the growth of capital resources?
If your manager paid you exactly what the customer paid the
company, what would happen to the company? What would happen to
the business if no money were2 saved to replace old tools and
obsolete equipment? Your labour must be valuable enough to earn
more than just the money to cover your wages.
When your manager bills customers for the work you did, the
amount will be large enough not only to cover the company’s costs
but also to invest in capital resources3. Your labour may earn your
company $100 a week. Since you are paid $72, you are helping the
company to collect $28 a week. Some, or all, of this money can be
used for capital resources. When your company uses this money to
buy new equipment, it expects future returns from the equipment to
justify the purchases. The manager may decide to replace the old
tools, hire more help, or expand the shop, for example. The manager
1
Goods used to produce other items; tools, machines, and buildings are examples of capital goods
(основные средства/фонды; средства производства, товары производственного назначения).
2
(Gr.) Conditional sentence. “Was” is possible but less formal.
3
The money or property, such as tools or buildings, used to produce consumer goods or services; to
keep its operations up-to-date (основные фонды, банковские активы).
74
makes decisions based on how the company will earn the most
profits.
In recent years, many people have argued that economic growth
is a mixed blessing1. The advantages of growth are fairly clear. As
people produce more goods and services, the average standard of
living goes up. Growth also keeps people employed and earning
income. It provides people with more leisure time, since they can
decrease their working hours without decreasing their income.
Growth provides the government with additional tax revenues,
which enable it to spend more on programs for education, water and
air purification, medical care, highway construction, and national
defence.
What are the disadvantages, then? Four of them are: (1) use of
natural resources that cannot be replaced, (2) generation of waste
products, (3) destruction of natural environments, (4) uneven
growth among different groups in society.
In the past, growth has allowed poor people to improve their
economic conditions. During periods of growth, people have felt
optimistic about their future. Nevertheless, continuing economic
growth at the pace of today may permanently damage our world,
polluting air, land, and waters, and using up natural resources. In
considering the benefits and problems of growth, it is necessary to
recall that to survive, every economy needs people, capital and
natural resources that depend on one another. If these resources are
overused to promote economic growth now, future growth may be
much slower. Growth, however, sometimes provides solution to
the problems.
Advances in transportation and communications have merged
countries into one interdependent global economy. In this global
economy, trade and borrowing to finance growth play important
roles.
1
( зд.) “палка о двух концах”.
75
2.4 COMPREHENSION
UNDERSTANDING THE READING
2.4.1 Give extensive answers to the questions. Use the following
expressions to start your answers:
Though I can’t say for sure, I think ... .
I may be wrong but I think ... .
I’m sorry I don’t know much about it ... .
As far as I know ... .
The way I see It ... .
It’s a well-known fact ... ;
1. How does spending or saving money and resources influence
the life of an individual and the society?
2. In what way do people contribute to the growth of capital
resources?
3. In what way is the amount for which the manager bills the
customer used?
4. What justifies the purchase of new equipment for the company
or the decision to replace the old one?
5. Why is economic growth a mixed blessing? Does the average
standard of living depend on economic growth?
6. Why does the government benefit from economic growth?
7. Why is it difficult to make decisions about economic growth?
8. What three kinds of resources does every economy need to
survive?
9. How does one make present work for the future?
10. What are the advantages of economic growth for you as a
consumer? As a producer?
11. List and explain three social costs of economic growth.
12. Why must societies invest in capital goods as well as consumer
goods?
13. What effects does economic growth have on our environment?
76
REVIEWING THE CONCEPT
2.4.2. Say whether these statements are true (T) or false (F), and
if they are false say why.
e.g. In my opinion it is true that … .
I reckon it is false that … because … .
TF
1. Each company must reserve money to replace and update its
tools, machines, and factories, as well as to expand to meet
demand.
TF
2. One benefit of economic growth is an increasingly lower
standard of living.
TF
3. Everyone in some way pays the hidden social costs of
economic growth, such as air and water pollution.
TF
4. To grow, an economy needs capital goods because they are
used to consume other goods and services.
TF
5. Among the benefits of growth are: (1) depletion of
irreplaceable natural resources, (2) disposal of a rising
amount of leftover products, (3) contamination of the natural
surroundings, and (4) unbalanced growth among different
social groups.
6. In the past, growth has allowed poor people to improve their
economic conditions.
7. Long-range economic growth is independent of the continued
production of capital goods.
8. When your company uses its overheads to buy new
equipment, it expects future returns from the equipment to
justify the purchases.
9. Economic growth doesn’t influence the amount of money
that the government spends on programs for education, water
and air purification, medical care, highway construction, and
national defense.
10. During periods of growth, people feel optimistic as they
know that capital and natural resources are unlimited and
can’t be overused.
TF
TF
TF
TF
TF
77
2.5 SPEAKING & WRITING
Language focus
2.5.1. Metric and non-metric measures
Traditionally British measurements have been made in ounces,
inches, pints etc. In recent years, Britain has adopted some metric
measurement units, but non-metric measures are still quite widely
used. America uses mainly non-metric units.
Weights
1 ounce (1 oz1) = 28 gm
16 ounces = 1 pound (455 gm)
2.2 pounds (2.2 lb.2) = 1 kg
14 pounds (14 lb) = 1 stone (6.4 kg)3
8 stone = 1 hundredweight (cwt.)
20 hundredweight =1 ton
1 ton: long ton - a unit of weight equal to 2,240 lb (1016.05 kg)
short ton - a unit of weight equal to 2,000 lb (907.19 kg)
1 tonne - metric ton (also metric tonne) a unit of weight equal to
1,000 kilograms (2,205 lb)
Mind that ounce, pound and ton can take s in the plural when they
are used as nouns, stone and hundredweight do not take s:
e.g. six pound of sugar or six pounds of sugar
But: ten hundredweight of coal
Kilo or kilogram usually take s in the plural when used as nouns:
two kilos of oranges or two kilograms of oranges
British people usually measure their weight in stone and pounds;
Americans just use pounds.
Nora weighs eight stone six.
1
2
3
Oz is a written abbreviation for ounce.
lb is a written abbreviation for pound (libra), when it refers to weight.
British only.
78
Length
1 inch (1 in) = 2,54 cm
12 inches = 1 foot (ft) = 30 cm
3 feet (3ft) = 1 yard (yd.) = 90 cm
5, 280 feet / 1, 760 yards = 1 mile (1.6 km)
5 miles = 8 km
Height is measured in feet, distance can also be measured in feet,
but longer distances are often measured in yards.
The bus-stop is about 300 yards on the left.
When there is more than one inch/mile/centimetre we normally use
the plural form of these words:
one inch – twenty inches
one mile – three hundred miles
one centimetre – ten centimetres
When there is more than one foot we can use either foot or feet;
feet is the more usual when measuring heights.
Peter is six foot/feet tall.
Liquid measure
1 British pint (pt) = 56.8 cl1 = 0.568 litres
1 US pint = 47.3 cl
2 pints = 1 quart (qt.)
4 quarts = 1 gallon (gal)
1 British gallon = 4.55 litres
1 US gallon = 3.78 litres
1 bushel = a measure of capacity equal to 8 gallons (equivalent to
36.4 litres), used for corn, fruit, liquids, etc.
Note:
When used in compound adjectives these terms never take s:
a ten-ton lorry
a two-mile walk
a six-inch ruler
1
Centilitre. There are 100 centilitres in one litre.
79
Say it in English:
1. Нет необходимости нанимать пятитонный грузовик.
2. Неужели здесь полфунта кофе?
3. У него на столе должна лежать трехдюймовая пачка
бумаги.
4. Вошел человек двухметрового роста.
5. Мне нужно два фунта яблок.
6. Нам придется зафрахтовать 8000-тонное судно.
7. 5ft
8. 3 gal
9. 2 pt
10. 20 cwt
Language in context
2.5.2. Fill in prepositions or adverbial particles whenever
necessary. Provide the extract with an appropriate title.
_____________________________________
Human labour produces both goods and services. The activities
... a farm worker and a nurse are very different, but each is
measurable ... terms ... payment received. If, however, a farmer is
self-employed and does not receive a fixed wage ... anyone else, his
activities are not wholly labour. His workers receive their wages,
but he receives surplus ... his farming. This surplus is usually called
... profit.
Employers obtain their net profit only ... they have paid all
expenses arising ... ... their business activities: interest, rentals,
payments ... machinery, wages and overheads generally. Normally
part ... the surplus goes ... those who have provided the initial capital
needed to start a business. There is always an element ... risk ...
providing capital ... new businesses. If the business is successful, the
risk-taking has been justified, and invested capital earns part ... the
profits as a return... the investment … the period ... which the capital
was ... risk.
80
2.5.3 a. Fill in the gaps with the suitable expressions from the
box.
b. Use the obtained information to put 6 questions to the
text covering all the combinations from the box.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
the benefit of
to cover the costs
economic growth
capital goods
to meet the demand
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
to justify the purchase
rate of growth
the average standard of living
to replace equipment
bill
What are the disadvantages of economic growth? Long-range ...
causes more than just air and water pollution. Growth leads to the
destruction of forests, wetlands, beaches, mountains, ocean beds.
When the society tries to control destruction it takes money ... .
Thus the ... of the economy may not be so fast as it would if we
did not have to worry about the destruction. For example, strip
mining, a popular and cheap way of getting coal out of the ground,
involves stripping away the surface of the land. But ... this method
is lessened because, leaving ugly, barren hills, strip owners are
required to restore the land, the cost of doing so turns up the price of
coal. When coal is more expensive, industries that use it may cut
back production or ... their customers at a higher rate in order ... of
coal. Either action can slow down economic growth.
Decisions about economic growth are not easy to make. In the
past, growth has allowed poor people to raise ... .
To grow an economy needs ... because they are used to produce
other goods and services. Each company must reserve money ... and
update its factories, as well as to expand in order ... . Thus everyone
in some way pays the hidden costs of economic growth.
81
2.5.4. Do it in English:
– Как вы все знаете, мы собрались, чтобы обсудить те
проблемы, которые сопровождают бурный рост в различных
отраслях экономики. Период процветания часто бывает
недолог и не покрывает издержек роста. Как Вы могли бы
объяснить негативные последствия роста, скажем, безработицы
среди рабочих, уволенных из типографий в результате
внедрения компьютеров?
– Мне следует начать с того, что экономический рост – это
“палка о двух концах”. Внедрение компьютеров, безусловно,
способствует росту эффективности труда, но замена
оборудования
часто
сопровождается
наймом
новых
помощников и увольнением старых.
– Многие тем не менее считают, что модернизация
позволяет заработать большую прибыль, а доходы от этого
оправдывают затраты. Эти затраты также покрывают и
вложения в основные фонды. Но многие считают неразумным
тратить деньги на средства производства. А каково Ваше
мнение на этот счет?
– Ничего подобного! Следует помнить о том, что
экономический
рост
обеспечивает
государство
дополнительными налоговыми отчислениями, а это – средства
для экологических, образовательных, медицинских и прочих
программ.
– Вы ошибаетесь, если считаете, что экономический рост
является решением всех проблем. Хотя он позволяет улучшить
условия жизни многим людям, экономический рост наносит
урон окружающей среде, уничтожает природные ресурсы,
разные слои общества приобретают еще большие контрасты.
82
WATCH OUT: translator's "false friends"
schedule chart graph table curve diagram
2.5.5 a. Look up the dictionary to find the difference between
the words schedule, chart, graph, table, curve, diagram.
Match the words with their meanings.
1. schedule
2. chart
3. graph
4. table
5. curve
6. diagram
b.
A simplified drawing showing the appearance,
structure, or workings of something; a
schematic representation
B diagram showing the relation between variable
quantities, typically of two variables, each
measured along one of a pair of axes at right
angles
C set of facts or figures systematically displayed,
especially in columns and rows
D smooth, gradually bending line, for example
part of the edge of a circle
E plan that gives a list of events or tasks and the
times at which each one should happen or be
done
F sheet of information in the form of a table,
graph, or diagram which is intended to make
information easier to understand
Fill in the blanks with schedule, chart, graph, table, curve,
diagram in the appropriate form.
1. He has been forced to adjust his busy … .
2. We both have such hectic … (plural noun).
3. You suggest making an expense … and figuring out what
percentage of your income is allocated for each item.
4. Male unemployment was 14.2%, compared with 5.8% for
women (see … on next page).
5. An organization … is a diagram showing how a company is
organised.
6. A … is a mathematical diagram which shows the relationship
between two or more sets of numbers or measurements.
83
7. Other research supports the figures in … 3.3. We had stupidly
been looking at the wrong column of figures.
8. Children at the school have spelling tests and learn their
multiplication … .
9. Each firm will face a downward-sloping demand … .
10. Was it just a temporary blip on an otherwise healthy growth …?
Presenting information
Communication skills
Memorandum is a short type or written message sent from one
person to another in an organisation.
There are different formats of memos, but all of them have the same
main elements:
 The name of the writer
 The name of the addressee
 The date
 The subject
 The body of the memorandum
The first three usually go at the top, but the order you put them in
depends on your choice. For example:
To: Hector Grant
From: Joanna Harvey
Date: 13 June, 2005
The body of the memo
From: Peter Wiles Date: 15 July, 2005
To: John Martin
The body of the memo
Date: 20 September, 2005
To: Hector Grant
From: Peter Wiles
The body of the memo
84
It is not necessary to use a heading in a memorandum, but
sometimes it may be a good idea to do so as it will help the
addressee to understand what the memo is going to be about. The
memo might read:
To: CEO, Exxon
From: Production Manager, Exxon
Date: 13 June, 2005
Understanding the Costs of Economic Growth
The body of the memo
The heading tells the addressee immediately what to expect.
The body of the memo includes the points the writer wants to
make. The heading may provide all the introduction the writer
needs, but may be it is necessary to write a short introductory part
giving some of the background to the memo.
The last part of the memo should indicate what steps the writer
is going to undertake, his conclusions or recommendations or a
summary of his arguments.
2.5.6 Familiarise yourselves with the given information and
fulfil the assignments.
A. Answer the following questions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
What is a memorandum?
What kinds of memo formats can we distinguish?
What are the main elements of any memo?
Is a heading a necessary part of a memo? Why?
What does the body of a memo consist of?
What does the last part of the memorandum indicate?
B. Here are some examples of memos. Which of them is for



a senior member of the staff?
the personnel of one of the departments?
people working in a company?
85
1.
MEMORANDUM
To: Staff of the Sales Dpt.
From: JM
Subject: Sales visit to Abraca by JM Date: 11th Nov. 05
The sales visit to Abraca will be discussed at next Wednesday’s
management Meeting. Meanwhile the following points should be
acted upon.
1. EC to contact Djemsa airport this week about problems with
customs declarations.
2. JH to send brochures and catalogues to all firms.
3. SL to check with shipping department to find out maximum CIF
costs to Djemsa, and report.
JM
2.
MEMORANDUM
To: Managing Director
Subject: Visitor from Scotland
From: Public Relations Officer
Date: 18/10/05
On 18 November Mr. George Duncan, director of the Duncan
International is paying a visit to our offices. I would like to ask
whether you are likely to be in that morning. If possible I would
like to bring Mr. Duncan to see you for a brief meeting, probably
ten minutes or so, just to make contact. Would 10.30 be OK?
Please let me know as soon as possible if it is inconvenient.
Thanks,
J. Martin
86
3.
MEMO
From: The Managing Director
To: All Office Staff
Date: 15th October 2005
As a result of the productivity survey carried out in the factory,
more efficient ways of operating are now applied. In some
departments productivity has been increased by over 40 per cent.
We intend to improve the work of the office staff and aim to find
ways of avoiding unnecessary actions.
1. We propose to pay a month’s extra salary to any person who, in
the management’s opinion, has put forward the most practical
suggestion to improve a particular office routine.
2. All suggestions should be sent to the MD’s office before the
end of next month.
H. Grant
C. Look at the pattern of the above memoranda and write a
paragraph about the advantages and disadvantages of
economic growth. The paragraph should contain a topic
sentence, some developers, and a restatement. Write it in the
form of a memo:
MEMO
From:
Subject:
To:
Date:
With underwritten be advised that ......
Signature:
87
2.6 DIALOGUE
A. Replace the Russian words and phrases by suitable English
equivalents in the appropriate form. Reproduce the dialogue.
A.: I think we can get down to reviewing the text right away.
B.: No objections. Let’s get started. On the whole the text suits
me quite well, but there are some points I’d like to clarify.
A.: All right. Shall we go point by point then, so that you could
clarify the matter?
B.: As a matter of fact I have two simple questions. Firstly, can
growth continue indefinitely?
A.: Let me see …. To begin with, it’s a widely disputable
question. Aggregate output can be increased either by
increasing the inputs of (земля, труд, капитал и сырье), or
by increasing the (выпуск продукции) obtained from given
(производственные затраты) quantities.
B.: Do you mean technical advances? I believe they are the
most important source of productivity gains, although
changes in social attitudes to work organisation may also be
important.
A.: But as I see it an apparently fixed (предложение) of a
production input, such as particular (сырье), may make
(рост) impossible in the long run.
B.: Nothing of the kind. As input becomes more
(недостаточный), its price will rise. This leads
(производители) to substitute towards other inputs,
increases incentives to discover new supplies, and
(поощрять) inventions that economize on the use of that
resource.
A.
By the way, the text refutes the statement that growth is
always a good thing and confirms that it often is
accompanied by economic bads such as pollution.
88
B.: That was my second question: Is growth always a good
thing? Indeed, the most desirable (уровень роста) will
always remain a value judgement1 if only it involves
(выбор) between the welfare of people today and of the
people in the future.
A.: You won’t deny the fact that people are always worried
about a productivity slowdown.
B.: Actually, a (замедление роста) may be explained by
increasing social concern about the production of economic
bads; greater (профсоюзы) power; the diversion of R & D2
effort to seek very long-term solutions to the energy crisis;
and the (экономический) obsolescence of the capital stock
when real energy prices increased dramatically.
A.: I assume that the (самое лучшее решение) is to switch
resources from (потребление) to investment in physical
capital and people.
B.: People? Of course, the (уровень занятости) is part and
parcel of economic growth or slowdown. Employment may
increase for two reasons.
A.: That’s evident. First, there may be population growth.
Second, a larger fraction of a given population may be in
employment.
B.: Right you are. However, labour problems require special
consideration. Let’s defer it till a later date, shall we?
A.: Sure. See you later.
B.
Comment upon the proverb “Curses, like chickens, come
home to roost3”. Say how it relates to the contents of the
dialogue above.
1
субъективная оценка
research and development
3
Что посеешь, то и пожнёшь.
2
89
2.7 Reading for Cross-cultural Associations
a. Read the except below about employment in Britain.
Compare the situation in Great Britain with that in Russia.
Discuss it with an interlocutor.
Nowadays Britain is, by any standards, a prosperous country. She
remains in the first rank of world economies, though she can’t be
described as a Great Power any longer. However, British wage rates
remain among the highest in the world (on average). Statistics says
that there are fewer unemployed people in Great Britain than in most
other Western European countries. While a German couple on average
wages for manual work earn 20% more than their British counterparts,
a British couple earn almost twice that of a couple from Greece.
Today employment in Britain has undergone and is continuing to
undergo substantial changes which influence both the working people
and the unemployed. In 1967 one of the British economists stated:
“The days of uncontrollable mass unemployment in advanced
industrial countries are over. Other economic problems may threaten;
but this one at least, has passed into history.” People believed that jobs
would be available for everyone and that prosperity and security
would continue to grow.
But this has not been the case. By the early 1980s there were 3
million unemployed people in Great Britain. In recent years
unemployment has declined but still remains at about 2 million. It is still
at a level which would have seemed appalling 30 years ago. Many of
those who are unemployed have been so for a long time, e.g. 45% of the
unemployed have not had a job for at least 2 years. It is stated that a
disproportionaly large number of them are young and male. Moreover,
the British people feel less confident about their future prospects
concerning secure employment and increasing prosperity. Unfortunately,
this isn’t just a British phenomenon: increased unemployment and job
insecurity have become a feature of most Western countries. Economists
consider that the reasons for this are international.
What about the future? One view is that Britain will soon become
a “30 : 30 : 40 society”, i.e. that 30% of people are disadvantaged and
poor, 30% are insecure and only 40% are privileged in that their jobs
are safe and well paid.
90
3. Say how the charts below compare with the text above.
___________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
91
2.8 CASE STUDY & ROLE-PLAY
Consumer skills
COSTS OF GROWTH
The Case
The case dates back to the 1980ies.
Bruce Gilchrist and Ariana Shenkin have jobs that did not exist
till the first half of the 20th century. Gilchrist is the director of the
Center for Computing activities at Columbia University. Shenkin is
his research assistant. They are just two of the thousands of workers
who make their living operating a computer. Millions of other
Americans have jobs that computers have made easier.
Gilchrist and Shenkin realise that the progress responsible for
their jobs has its costs as well. They studied the introduction of
computer typesetting in the 70-es, which spelled unemployment for
many Linotype1 and other machine operators.
Among those who lost their jobs was a 58-year-old man who
had spent 30 years as a typesetter. He had a wife and son to support
and a sizeable mortgage to pay. For a year after being laid off, he
tried unsuccessfully to obtain another printing job. Because his
wife became sick during this period, he and his family received no
income for six months after his unemployment insurance was over.
Today he works as a telephone operator, earning less than half his
former salary.
Another of the workers studied was a Linotype operator whose
family had to seek counselling after he was laid off. His 17-yearold son recently enlisted in the navy because he felt that the
pressure at home had become too heavy. He explained that his
father, who had been mild mannered, now easily lost his temper.
This typesetter’s wife had never held a job before her husband lost
his job. She went out to work, and the family lived on her pay1
A composing machine producing lines of words as single strips of metal, used chiefly for newspapers. It is
now rarely used.
92
check for almost a year. Her husband now has three jobs. His wife
commented: ”The three jobs he now has to work at to make ends
meet will be the death to him.”
In all, the study traced 44 of the people who had lost their jobs.
The workers ranged in age from 34 to 55. Their average wage had
been $27,000. Three of the 44 found full-time jobs in printing. The
remaining workers continued to seek employment. Many tried
retraining programs, but found that employers were reluctant to
hire older, experienced persons as beginners. However, except one,
none of the operators under 40 years of age obtained a high-paying
job, many of the workers had taken jobs delivering flowers,
polishing glass, stock-clerking, or driving taxis. Others did such
odd jobs as painting and home repairs to earn income. Retraining in
new skills is only one solution to the problem, and not a simple
one. Retraining probably is more useful to the young than to the
old.
Case analysis
1.
Look for other examples of the impact the technological
advances have on the demand for labour.
2.
List examples in favour of economic growth as far as
employment is concerned.
3.
List examples to illustrate the negative consequences of
economic growth for labour markets.
4.
Have computers contributed to the growth of our
economy? If so, how? If not, why?
5.
Search the Internet to investigate the job openings. What
percentage of jobs requires the skills of a PC user? Report
on your findings.
93
Role playing
Situation
In the late 1980-ies a group of people take part in the TV program
discussing the costs of the introduction of computers.
What you must decide
Consider the advantages and disadvantages involved in creating
new jobs.
Cast
A TV commentator
Bruce Gilchrist, director of the Center for Computing activities at
Columbia University
Ariana Shenkin, Gilchrist’s research assistant
Paul Smith, a former typesetter
Edna Smith, Paul Smith’s wife
Michael Horn, a former typesetter
Lucy Horn, Michael Horn’s wife
Barny Horn, Michael Horn’s son
Steve Jenkins, a former typesetter
Tom Barnel, a former typesetter
Tom Stout, a former typesetter
Edward Lorrain, a former typesetter
Roger Marvel, a former typesetter
Bruce McFerson, a representative of the retraining center
Enact the following talks between:
A TV commentator
Chair the discussion on advantages and disadvantages involved in
creating new jobs. Introduce the participants. Make your guests
share opinions on economic costs and benefits of introducing
computers. Consider unemployment, retraining, and age problems.
94
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Ladies and gentlemen, are we ready to begin?
 Let’s go straight down to business.
 As we know we are here today to ... .
 Today we shall be looking at ... .
 Could you tell us your impressions of ... ?
 Could you say what you consider to be the main reason for ... ?
 What’s your attitude to ... ?
 Mr. N has said ...; could we have your comments on that?
 Many people find your attitude unreasonable. Would you like
to explain ... ?
 What can you say in explanation of ... ?
 Let’s summarize what we’ve said so far … .
Bruce Gilchrist. Your research shows that the introduction of
computers spells unemployment on the one hand but makes a lot of
jobs easier on the other. Those who lost their jobs in this connection
either find full or part-time employment or take retraining programs.
There are only few who continue to seek employment. Consider
alternatives:
1. What alternatives are available to the worker who has been
displaced by technology? Is age a factor? Explain.
2. What alternatives can the government use to deal with displaced
workers?
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 The reason we are here is to ... .
 Let me just say at the beginning … .
 If you ask me … .
 I’ll start by saying that … .
 I take it for granted that … .
 I am inclined to think … .
 What do you feel about... ?
 No doubt whatever.
 Beyond all doubt.
95






I can well believe it.1
I’m afraid it’s just as you say.
I don’t (happen to) think so.
It must be admitted that … .
You are free to disagree with me but … .
This is the way I see it.
Ariana Shenkin. You studied what happened to a number of
families when employment of typesetters was reduced due to the
introduction of computers. The study involved 44 workers. It
showed that employment was closely connected with age, ability to
obtain new skills, family status and so on. Consider costs and
benefits:
1. How would the costs differ in retraining a 30-year-old and a 60year-old worker?
2. Ultimately, who pays for retraining programmes?
3. What are the economic costs of not retraining workers? The
social costs? Who pays these costs?
4. What are the benefits to the economy of retraining workers?
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I think I ought to say right from the start that ... .
 I feel I should point out to you that ... .
 I want to make it clear that … .
 Perhaps I could begin by saying that ... .
 We must bear in mind the fact that ... .
 I won’t deny … .
 There’s no denying that … .
 There’s much truth in what you’re saying, yet … .
 I see your point but … .
 For one thing … for another … .
 But the truth is … .
 And we can hardly ignore it.
 In conclusion I’d like to say that … .
1
Звучит правдоподобно.
96
Paul Smith. You spent 33 years as a typesetter. After being laid off,
you still had a wife and a son to support and loans to be paid. Your
family entered a period of hardships though you found a new job
but a less paid one. Computerisation is an evil for you.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 My attitude from the beginning of ... has been that ... .
 Well, I’d just like to say that ... .
 My feeling about ...? Well, ... .
 The way things are … .
 In short, … .
 As I see it … .
Edna Smith. After your husband had got a sack, life became hard
and you even got sick during the time he unsuccessfully tried to
obtain a new job.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 If you ask me … .
 In the circumstances … .
 No, I don’t accept for a moment that ... .
 You are completely mistaken if you suggest that ... .
 I mean to say … .
 Could you put us in the picture about …?
 I find it hard to believe.
Michael Horn. Your family problems have made you work at
three jobs, which doesn’t make you either happy or calm. What
troubles you most is your 17-year-old son.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I dare say … .
 As far as I can see … .
 I disagree with you on that point … .
 One of the reasons is that … .
 I see your point but … .
 Nothing of the kind.
 No, that’s not true at all.
 This is the way I look at it.
97
Lucy Horn. You had never had a job before your husband got fired,
which made you go out to work. It’s very difficult for your family to
make both ends meet.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Let me explain the position … .
 I’m unhappy about … .
 As far as I know … .
 My own view is … .
 That’s, of course, a big problem … .
1
 All things considered … .
 You can’t expect me to believe that … .
Barny Horn. When your father lost his job, he was very often
irritated and ill-tempered, the money in the family was short. So you
decided to enlist in the navy to avoid the pressure at home.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 There’s only one thing there, … .
 That’s true but the nature of this matter is … .
 The point is … .
 I must admit … .
 I don’t think it will be possible … .
 I have studied the possibility of … .
 Do you really mean that … .
 I wish I could believe you but … .
Steve Jenkins. As you are young and enterprising you have easily
found full-time job in printing.
Make use of the helpful phrases:



1
Look, I’ll tell you what … .
It’s like this. You see … .
It’s yes and no.
Учитывая все обстоятельства.
98







No trouble about that … .
I’m certainly with you in principle … .
On the whole ... suits me, but ... .
As far as … is concerned … .
One of the things is … .
I shouldn’t say so.
Pull yourself together. It’s not the end of the world.
Tom Barnel. You decided not to seek employment in printing or to
try retraining programs. Delivering flowers suits you perfectly
because you always get fees.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I see, that seems fair enough … .
 Please, try and see my point of view.
 I assure you … .
 Yes, that suits me very well.
 No doubt, that’s just what I need.
 Crying won’t help! Cheer up!
 Things will come right.
Tom Stout. You do not acknowledge the advantages of
computerisation because it costs you a well-paid job and made you
polish glass at less considerable payment.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 There is also the problem … .
 That’s where you are wrong, I’m afraid.
 I don’t think it’s justified … .
 But I must say … that … .
 You will realise of course … .
 I’ve done everything I could … but … .
 I am afraid, that under the circumstances this is the only way
out.
 Whether I want to or not, I must do it/I’ll have to do it.
99
Edward Lorrain. You were lucky to become a taxi-driver though
the job is heavier.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 In my opinion … .
 Unfortunately in this case … .
 It looks as if I must. There’s no other way.
1
 Things do happen.
 As an alternative … .
 To some extent.
 All right, I’ll think it over … .
 I think it’ll suit me … .
 Cheer up! Better luck next time.
 Things will take a turn for the better.
Roger Marvel. Your age didn’t allow you to obtain a high-paying
job. Neither were you enlisted in any of retraining programs.
Employers are reluctant to hire old workers. The only job you
managed to get was painting and repairing houses.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 In the first place I can’t understand … .
 First of all let’s discuss … .
 I’ve heard that … .
 How do you account for this?
 To come closer to … .
 I must also add … .
 It’s most unlikely that … .
 I’d like to remind you … .
 It’s the most they can offer.
 The only thing I can do is … .
 I’m against it.
1
Всякое случается.
100
Bruce McFerson. At your retraining center new skills are obtained
by those who lost a job, but there are certain restrictions. Still this
trend has a lot of benefits.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 That’s really the point of today’s meeting.
 I am ready to answer any query you may have.
 I’ll tell you what.
 That’s clear enough … .
 I think we should … .
 I am sure that to solve a problem you have to understand its
underlying causes...
 You realise that … .
 We shall certainly do that.
 Is there anything else you’d like to have?
Making a Decision
In coming to a decision, consider the following points:
 How have computers changed the life of the people?
 Are computers a curse or a blessing?
 What should be done if due to technological advances people
lose their jobs?
What other factors should be discussed?
Your decision:
101
2.9 GRAMMAR BACK UP
PRACTICE WITH MODAL VERBS (II)
LEAD-IN
Exercise 1
Task 1. Familiarize yourself with the text. Comment upon the
meaning of the verbs in italics. Translate the text into
Russian.
A pension is money paid to an employee when he leaves on
reaching a certain age. In Britain there is a compulsory scheme in
which the employee must pay a fixed amount every week and the
employer a larger amount. Then on retirement the worker is
supposed to get his state pension. Nowadays, however, an
increasing number of companies operate their own pension
schemes so that they could give their employees more money to
retire on. These schemes are usually governed, or ruled, by a trust
deed. The trust is separate from the company. Trustees are
appointed and they hold meetings regularly, to approve money for
pensions, examine the fund accounts and so on. Every employee
working for Harper & Grant, for example, must pay a certain
amount of his wages into the fund. This money is invested so that it
might increase its value, and after a certain period of employment
the employee can qualify for a pension.
As a result of the productivity drive, Mr. Grant wants to close
down unprofitable departments. Nearly all the redundant workers
have been absorbed into other departments, but there is one, Bob
Hardiman, who, Mr. Grant says, will have to go. He is a craftsman in
the old style, that is, he is a carpenter able to do fine hand carving,
which is now hardly ever required. Ian Hampden, the Personnel
Manager, thinks that Mr. Grant is wrong. How can the firm get rid of
someone who has been with the firm so many years? He is sure that
Mr. Grant ought to change his mind. Mr. Grant, however, is
determined on his new plans to streamline the company, and make it
more profitable and competitive. Ian goes to see Peter to find out if
102
he can suggest a way of persuading Mr. Grant to see reason. The
pension fund meeting is due to be held shortly and Bob Hardiman’s
pension will have to be approved. Peter remembers that a few years
ago Bob Hardiman had to leave the company to look after his father,
who had become an invalid. When his father died, Bob Hardiman
rejoined the company. Peter realizes at once that according to the
articles of the trust, if an employee leaves the firm for a time he must
then work a certain number of years in order to qualify for the full
pension. Bob Hardiman has not yet completed this time. He has, in
fact, three more years to go. If he is sacked, or fired, now and not
given his full pension it could have an extremely bad effect on
everybody, since he has been with the firm so long. Peter, at the
meeting, cunningly suggests that the company makes up the
difference. In other words, the company pays Bob Hardiman the
money to make up his pension from the fund to the full amount that it
should have been if he had not interrupted his employment. Peter is
shrewd enough to know that Mr. Grant will not want to do this and
may perhaps decide that the lesser of the two evils is to let the man
stay until his proper retirement age. The firm can’t risk its reputation.
Task 2. Fill in the chart with the italicized word combinations
from the text. Consult the Grammar notes below.
Ability
Possibility/probability/ Necessity/obligation/
logical assumptions /
duty
deduction
103
Lost
chance
PRACTICE WITH POSSIBILITY, PROBABILITY, DEDUCTION
Ask yourself these questions when checking possibility, probability,
and deduction.
1. In what way can we express possibility?
a. We use may, might and could to talk about present or future
possibility.
A monopoly may arise from a variety of different causes.
In Britain the Monopolies commission examines all special
arrangements and mergers which might lead to undesirable
monopolies.
b. We use the negatives may not and might not with this meaning,
but not could not.
If a society uses all its resources to produce consumer goods now,
its people may not be able to buy the things they want in future.
c. We can use may / might / could + have + past participle to talk
about possibility in the past.
The goods might have been packed very carelessly.
Many beggars have appeared recently, this could have been
resulted from mass unemployment.
d. We also use could and might (but not may) with have + past
participle to say that something was possible in the past but did
not happen.
You were stupid to try that job at your age. You might have killed
yourself.
Exercise 1
Rephrase these sentences using the modal verbs in brackets to
express possibility.
1. Perhaps the suppliers are unable to deliver goods in time.
(could)
2. Perhaps they will cover the costs later. (might)
3. Perhaps they hired help from outside. (may)
4. Perhaps they billed the wrong customer for that item. (might)
104
Perhaps he doesn’t know the exact rate of growth. (may)
Perhaps they earned sizeable profit. (could)
Perhaps he isn’t investing in capital resources. (might)
Perhaps I’ll benefit from this deal. (may)
Perhaps they are going to justify this highly expensive purchase.
(could)
10. Perhaps she didn’t get returns from her investment. (may)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2. What other modal verbs are used to express possibility ?
a. We use can to talk about theoretical possibility. Can often has a
similar meaning to sometimes.
We can go to Pskov by plane, by car or by train. If we go by car
we may/might/could be late.
b. We use may, might or could (not can) to say that perhaps
something will happen in the future or that perhaps something is
true at the moment of speaking.
Economic growth may cause such problems as air and water
pollution.
c. We use could about theoretical possibility in the past.
He could be really horrible when he was a child.
You can go to Pskov by plane, by car, or by train. If we go by plane
we may/might/could be late.
d. We use can in questions about possibility.
How can individuals or nations be self-sufficient
in today’s complex economic world?
Exercise 2
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the
infinitive.
1. Such defects may easily ________ (to lead) to a serious
breakdown of the machine. That’s why we are in trouble.
2. Such defects may easily ________ (to lead) to a serious
breakdown of the machine. Take care!
105
3. The ship may ________ (to arrive) tomorrow morning.
4. He may _______ (to return) to Tula but I haven’t seen him yet.
5. Economic activity might _______ (to begin) with the
caveman, who was economically self-sufficient.
6. The activity of this company is quite legal, it can’t ________
(to affect) by anti-trust laws.
7. The purchase of new equipment for the company and the
decision to replace the old machinery must ________ (to be
justified) by the desire to grow faster.
8. Though I can’t ________ (to say) for sure, I think that
everyone might ________ (to contribute) to the growth of
capital resources in a way when he worked and earned more
than just the money to cover his wages.
9. He may ________ (to try) two or three jobs, I am not sure,
but he is still unemployed.
3. What modal verbs are used to express probability?
a. We use ought to or should to say that something is probable at
the moment of speaking, or in the future.
Continuing economic growth at the pace of today should damage
our world.
b. We use should have / ought to have + past participle when we
expected something to happen and we do not know if it
happened or not.
He ought to have passed his exam, I was surprised that he failed.
Exercise 3
Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1. We ought to have fired this man. He had attempted a fiddle.
2. Somebody should have informed the chairman about the results.
3. The annual reports of the companies should have been studied
carefully and the investors could have avoided a lot of problems.
4. The customer should have asked for a refund by now.
5. They ought to have done it at once.
106
4. How can deduction be expressed with the help of modal verbs?
a. We use must in deduction to say that we are sure about
something.
Air and water pollution must be the result of economic growth.
He has bought a new house. He must earn a lot of money.
b. We use can’t in deduction to say that something is impossible.
The country has a favourable balance of trade, it can’t import
more than it exports!
c. To express deductions about the past we use must / can’t + have
+ past participle.
The goods were damaged, they must have been packed carelessly.
Exercise 4
a. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
infinitive.
1. Some mistakes must ________ (to make) in assembling the
parts of the machine.
2. He must ________ (to read) this book very attentively as he can
________ (to list) all the advantages of economic growth easily.
3. He can’t ________ (to be fired) from his post because he called
me from his office a minute ago.
4. The expert pointed out that the goods must ________ (to be) in
a bad condition already at the time of dispatch.
5. She must ________ (to listen) to our conversation because she
knew everything.
6. Trident Engines must _______ (to teach) Mr. Kronotis a lot as
he was a success at Poseidon Shipping S.A.
7. The car won’t start. It must _______ (to be) cold.
8. This deposit can’t _______ (to be withdrawn) using a check.
They did not provide that facility then.
b. Consider the following CAREER HISTORY. Try to show
the cause-effect relationship between the facts. Follow the
model:
Mr. Kronotis must know Greek well because he worked in Greece
for Poseidon Shipping S.A. for seven years.
107
CAREER HISTORY
NAME IN FULL George Guy Kronotis
PRESENT ADDRESS 45 Richmond Road, Colchester, Essex CO4 2JK
TELEPHONE NUMBER 0453 29 682 (home); 0453 87 967(daytime)
DATE OF BIRTH 7th April 1970
NATIONALITY British
MARITAL STATUS Married, 2 children (7 and 4 yrs.)
EDUCATION & QUALIFICATIONS
1981–1990:
1990–1994:
Northgate Grammar School, Ipswich, GCE 8 ‘0’ levels; 4
‘A’levels (French, Maths, Chemistry, Physics)
University of London B.Sc. Mechanical Engineering
Professional member of the Institute of Mechanical
Engineers
EXPERIENCE & ACHIEVEMENTS
2004 – to date: Neptune Engineering Ltd, Quay Road, Poole (manufacturers of
marine engines and equipment) Export Sales Manager
responsible to Managing Director for sales of engines to over
40 countries in Europe and overseas. Staff of 35
representatives and 15 office staff. Also responsible for
budgeting, recruitment and training of staff. Built up sales
from $13M to $45M. Set up and trained sales teams to cover
markets outside EEC.
1997–2004:
Poseidon Shipping S.A. Pireus, Greece (manufacturers and
repairers of cargo vessels) Sales Manager responsible to
owners for contracts with shipowners in all countries outside
Greece. Staff of 4 representatives and 4 office staff. Built up
sales by over 250%.
1994–1997:
Trident Engines, Manchester Road, Salford (manufacturers of
heavy duty diesel engines and transmissions) Trainee Sales
Engineer / Assistant Sales Manager responsible to Sales
Manager for sales to France, Germany and Greece.
OTHER INFORMATION
Technical Articles in journals and conference papers.
Fluent French and Greek (both spoken and written); good spoken German;
reasonable spoken Italian and Spanish.
108
1. Mr. Kronotis must be well informed about the sale of engines
because ... .
2. Mr. Kronotis can’t have been fired from his post of Sales
Manager in Poseidon Shipping company, because ... .
3. Mr. Kronotis might be valued highly by his management because
... .
4. Trident Engines must have taught Mr. Kronotis a lot as ... .
5. Poseidon Shipping company must have chosen Mr. Kronotis for
the post of Sales Manager because ... .
6. He may set up and train sales teams to cover different markets
because ... .
7. Mr. Kronotis must have researched and established new markets
in … because ... .
8. You must have dialed 0453 87967 to speak to Mr. Kronotis
because ... .
9. George may be needed at the talks with the Italians because ... .
10. Mr. Kronotis could be really efficient when ... .
PRACTICE WITH REQUESTS, OFFERS, SUGGESTIONS,
HABITS, REFUSALS, PROMISES AND THREATS
1. What modal verbs help us express requests?
a. We can ask for something with can, could, may. Could is less
direct and more polite.
Could you lend me a certain sum of money?
We use the same verbs to ask for permission:
Could I ask you a personal question?
b. We can ask someone to do something in different ways:

Will you? – to ask someone to do something.
Will you back me up and ask Mr. Grant to look for more
foreign business?
109

Can, could.
Could you find the copies of the shipping documents for the
M-type desks?
 Would like is used as a polite way of saying what we want.
I would like a more detailed report from you on paper, plus your
long-term assessment.

Would with the verb mind helps make the polite requests.
Would you mind arranging the documents and putting them into
the files?
c. Note the meaning of yes and no after requests with mind:
– Would you mind waiting? – No, that’s all right. (= I am happy to
wait)
– Yes, I would! (= I am not happy to wait!)
2. What are the ways to express offers?
a. We use will, shall I?, can / could to offer to do something for
someone.
I’ll help you with this work.
Shall I take Mr. Duncun round the factory for you?
b. We also use would with verbs such as like, prefer and rather to
make polite offers and invitations.
Would you like to see round the factory first and then meet our
Managing Director?
3. In what way can one express suggestions?
We use shall; let’s; why don’t we?; how / what about?; can;
could to express suggestions.
The business must grow. Let’s close down unprofitable departments.
Redundant workers could be absorbed into other departments,
but some of them will have to go.
110
What about setting out our own pension scheme to give our
employees more money to retire on?
Why don’t we increase the value of the pension fund by profitable
but safe investment?
4. What are the ways to express habits?
a. We use used to + infinitive to talk about the past habits which are
now finished, about past states and situations which are no longer
true.
Bob used to do fine hand carving, which is now hardly ever required.
We do not use used to say how long something happened.
He worked for this firm for ten years.
The negative is normally didn’t use to or never used to.
I never used to have deals with this bank, it is not reliable any longer.
We begin questions with did ... use to ... ?
Did you use to persuade Mr. Grant to see reason?
b. When we talk about someone’s typical behaviour or
characteristic habits we use will or would (to refer to the past).
The old manager of the firm would come to the office regularly
and attend the board meetings.
c. When we talk about the past states we can use used to, but not
would.
This old man used to be a craftsman in the old style, but as there
was no call for elaborate hand-carving on desks he was sacked.
5. How can we express refusals?
To express refusals we use won’t or wouldn’t (for the past).
Mr. Grant won’t send John Martin to Abraca, we know
his views on that.
The car won’t start. It must be cold.
He wouldn’t introduce any modern management technique.
His approach was so conservative.
111
6. What is the way to express promises and threats?
We can use will to express strong intentions in promises and
threats:
If the Director doesn’t change his mind on this problem I will
resign!
I promise I won’t let our boss dismiss the old man without
full pension!
Exercise 1
Match the two columns:
A
1. Can you … ?
2. Would you like … ?
3. Could you … ?
4. The firm used to … .
5. Would you mind … ?
a. to look up the articles of the pension fund
b. let me know the day and the time which
would suit you best
c. coming to my office tomorrow and
discussing our plans for the future
production
d. discussing the problem with our
Chairman, as the scheme itself was his
idea
e. supply me from the stock
B
1. Let’s … .
2. Why don’t we … ?
3. What about … ?
4. Would you like … ?
5. Mr. Horn, will you … ?
a. to look through the pension fund accounts
b. go on with our agenda and discuss the
next point about the problem of
redundancy
c. plan a much larger extension of our plant
d. report, please, on the result of our field
survey
e. compensating the redundant worker out
of the company’s funds to make his
pension up to the proper amount
112
Exercise 2
Put the following indirect statements into direct speech to
express requests and offers. Use Will you?, Can/Could I?, Would
like?, Would mind?; Will/shall I?, Would prefer?.
e.g. She asked me for a dictating machine. – “Could I have a
dictating machine?”
1. He asks me to find out what percentage of shares our rival holds
in the company.
2. The manager asked me if I would mind waiting.
3. She offered me employment at the sales office.
4. The man said he had run out of petrol and asked me to give him
a lift.
5. He asks if he will have to do the whole exam again if he fails in
one paper.
6. The driver asked me to go out of the car as he had to change a
wheel. I offered to help.
7. He said I had a lot of parcels and offered to carry some for me.
8. The manager asked for my CV.
9. The boy asked me for 40p to buy an ice-cream.
10. The old craftsman asked the Personnel Manager to help him
stay with the company until his proper retirement age.
Exercise 3
Answer the following requests in the positive or in the negative.
1. – Would you mind joining a training scheme? – _________ (You
are positive about it because it may help you find a well-paid job.)
2. – Would you mind introducing computers in your bank instead
of old cash-machines? – _________ (You are negative about it
because it needs retraining and you are too old to be enlisted in
any training scheme).
113
3. – Would your manager mind hiring an old worker fired because
of redundancy? – _________ (He is reluctant to do so because
there are plenty of young workers).
4. – Would your wife mind going out to work for your family to
make both ends meet? – _________ (She had never had a job
before I got fired but she is willing to help).
5. – Would Barny Horn’s parents mind his enlisting in the navy?
_________ (They didn’t like the idea, but that was the only way
to avoid pressure at home).
6. – Would Mr. Grant mind paying Bob Hardiman the money to
make up his pension from the fund to the full amount that it
would have been if he had not interrupted his employment? –
_________ (Mr. Grant will not want to do this and may perhaps
decide that the lesser of the two evils is to let the man stay until
his proper retirement age).
7. – Would the company mind selling half of the shares of the
company to outsiders? – _________ (They are reluctant to risk,
because if the shares are bought by a rival firm, or a larger
company that wants to take them over, the present set-up,
organisation, could change completely).
8. – Would you mind staying with the company until your proper
retirement age? – _________ (I am happy to stay, in order to
qualify for a full pension).
9. – Would the workers of the company mind paying a certain
amount of wages into the pension fund? – _________ (They’ll
agree because they will get more money to retire on. Besides the
scheme will be governed by a trust deed and the trust will be
separate from the company).
10. – Would you mind updating the factory’s delivery bay? –
_________ (We are not ready to do so, because we must
reserve money for it first.)
114
Exercise 4
Choose the one underlined word combination, which is wrong.
Make the necessary corrections.
1. The old craftsman is well-known in the company because he
A
used to work there for twenty years, and he would do elaborate
B
C
hand-carving on desks nobody else could do.
D
2. Karen used to sell her shares very often nowadays. She can’t
A
B
make both ends meet but her grandmother left her a considerable
C
fortune, she would buy shares everywhere in old days.
D
3. –Would Mr.Harper mind saving an old worker from redundancy?
A
– Yes, he would! You know what a soft heart he has! He used to
B
C
D
support old employees every time he visited the Pension Fund
Meetings.
4. – I can’t say that your accounts are impeccable as usual! I
A
wouldn’t approve them! – Shall I revise them once again?
B
C
Would you mind agreeing the accounts next meeting?
D
5. I promise I can’t let my family enter a period of hardships! If
A
B
the company dismisses me, I will work at three jobs to make
C
D
both ends meet!
115
6. He only managed to find a job of a taxi-driver. The job is heavier
A
B
than the previous one. He would be a typesetter when there were
C
D
no computers in publishing houses.
7. We didn’t used to have accounts with Lincoln Trust as it was
A
always mixed up in some dubious deals. Our management
B
wouldn’t agree to invest in high-risk projects.
C
D
8. – Could you be more specific? Did your firm used to have deals
A
B
with that bank? Would you mind rating it ? – No, that’s all right.
C
D
The bank is sound.
9. – Would you mind considering the benefits and problems of
A
rescheduling the production line? – No, that’s all right.
B
C
Let’s to close the unprofitable projects.
D
10. Why don’t we to increase the production ? We used to produce
A
B
more goods earlier and the customers would buy them all.
C
D
Revision
Translate the following into English, using modal verbs:
1. Ваша жизнь, видимо, была действительно ужасной, когда
ваше издательство сократило количество нанимаемых
наборщиков наполовину.
2. Стив Дженкинс легко нашел работу на полную ставку в
печати. К счастью, он молодой и предприимчивый. После
116
внедрения компьютеров в печатном деле он мог бы годами
оставаться без работы.
3. Жена и сын Пола Смита, должно быть, сейчас ищут работу.
Его уволили, и кто-то должен зарабатывать деньги.
4. Он, должно быть, доволен тем, что доставляет цветы. Ему
всегда дают хорошие чаевые.
5. Наверное, Барни Хорн пошел на флот, чтобы избавиться от
напряженной обстановки дома, когда его отец потерял
работу.
6. Ты не мог быть в центре переподготовки вчера, так как он
был закрыт весь вчерашний день.
7. Барни Хорн стал очень раздражительным и он всегда в
плохом настроении. Что с ним могло случиться? Не может
быть, чтобы он потерял работу, он опытный наборщик.
8. Люси Хорн никогда не имела работы до того, как ее мужа
уволили. Где ей найти работу? Должно быть, ей будет
трудно убедить работодателей нанять ее.
9. Семейные проблемы заставили Майкла Борна работать на
трех работах. Должно быть, он чувствует усталость.
10. Не может быть, чтобы у Эда была высокооплачиваемая
работа. Он слишком стар для того, чтобы быть
зачисленным на какие-либо курсы переподготовки.
11. Не
может
быть,
чтобы
Пол
Смит
нашел
высокооплачиваемую работу; кто-то видел, как он красит
здание.
12. Не может быть, чтобы он зарабатывал много денег. Он
всегда занимает деньги у друзей.
13. Я удивлен, что Том безработный. Он, наверное, не
обращался за работой. Он молод и его квалификация
пользуется большим спросом.
14. Им следовало бы начать подготовку кадров. К тому
времени, как новая пристройка будет готова, им следует
иметь нужное количество обученных людей.
117
Glossary
amount n
a collection or mass considered as a unit in terms of
its size, number, etc.
amount v
to be equal to, e.g. in quantity or in meaning
average adj
calculated by making an average of a number of
quantities
benefit n
1. anything that brings help, advantage, or profit
2. money provided by the government to people
who need it, esp. to those who are sick or
unemployed
benefit v
1. to be useful, helpful or profitable to
2. to gain advantage; receive benefit (as a result of
something)
bill n
1. a list of things bought, used, eaten, etc. showing
the total amount that must be paid
2. a piece of paper money; note
bill v
encourage v
to send a bill to
to give active approval to; support; foster
enlist v
1. to (cause to) join the armed forces
2. to join a course of study, a political group, etc.,
esp. by putting one’s name on a list
gain n
hire n
an increase in wealth or resources
1. the act of hiring or state of being hired
2. payment for this
hire v
1. to get the use of (something) for a special
occasion or a limited time on payment of a sum
of money
2. to employ someone for a short time or for a
particular purpose
1. agreement by contract to pay money to someone
if something, esp. a misfortune, such as illness,
death or an accident, happens to them
2. money paid to an insurance company in order to
make or keep such a contract
insurance n
118
information or resources that a group or project
receives
1. to give a good reason for; explain satisfactorily
justify v
.
2. to be a good reason for
1. to (cause to) work or be in action; (cause to)
operate v
function
2. to carry on trade or business
3. to produce effects
the amount of something produced by a person,
output n
machine, or industry
money spent regularly (e.g. on insurance or heating)
overhead n
to keep a business running
(=overheads)
1. to give (someone) a higher position or rank
promote v
2. to help actively in forming or arranging (a
business, concert, etc.)
3. to bring (goods) to public notice in order to
encourage people to buy
1. the (measurable) limits within which variable
range n
amounts or quantities are included
2. the limits within which something operates,
exists, or is effective; scope
1. to vary between limits; reach from one limit to
range v
another
2. to put in position or order, esp. in lines or rows;
arrange
3. about or covering a long distance or time / of or
covering a short distance or a short time
1. to pay rent for the use of
rent v
2. to give the use of (a room, building, etc.) in
return for rent
a sum of money fixed to be paid as rent
rental n
to take the place of; to change (one person or thing)
replace v
for another, often better, newer, etc.
to prepare dismissed or redundant employees or
retrain v
workers so that they can obtain a new profession
return(s) n ( from) 1. an amount of money produced as a profit
2. an official account, esp. of money earned or
spent
input n
119
revenue n
income, esp. that which the government receives as
tax
save v
to keep and add to an amount of money for later use
support n
1. active approval aimed at helping the success of
something
2. money to live on
support v
1. to provide, esp. money for (a person ) to live on
2. to pay the cost of (a habit, activity etc.)
3. to approve of or encourage
Topics for presentations:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Advantages and disadvantages of economic growth.
Benefits of economic growth.
Social costs of economic growth.
Modeling economic growth.
Employment in Britain versus employment in Russia.
Unemployment in different countries.
Advantages and disadvantages involved in creating new jobs.
Alternatives available to the worker who has been displaced
by technology (Role-play: Bruce Gilchrist’s research).
9. Economic costs of retraining workers versus social costs of
redundancy. (Role-play: Ariana Shenkin’s reaserch)
10. Pension schemes in different countries.
11. Company pension schemes. (Bob Hardiman’s case & the
articles of the pension fund at Harper & Grant Ltd.)
12. Metric and non-metric measures.
Topics for essays
 The unemployed are responsible for their situations themselves.
 Labour problems are part and parcel of economic growth.
 The state should not intervene in the economy through the
provision of unemployment benefits.
120
3
OVERVIEW OF A NATION’S ECONOMY
GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT
ECONOMIC INDICATORS
Contents
Section overview
Developing vocabulary
A nation’s economy
GDP
Economic indicators
Understanding the reading
Reviewing the concept
3.1 Lead-in
3.2 Language Input
3.3 Background Information
3.4 Comprehension
3.5 Speaking & Writing
Language focus
Language in context
Presenting information
Communication skills
3.6 Dialogue
3.7 Reading for Cross-cultural
Associations
3.8 Case Study & Role-play
3.9 Grammar Back up
121
Saying or writing out numbers
Fill-in exercises
Writing reports & compositions
Telephone Etiquette
The national income accounting.
Consumer skills:
Practice with Passive Voice
and Relative Clauses
3.1 LEAD-IN
SECTION OVERVIEW
Analyzing a national economy involves many factors, some of
which cannot be measured by data. In this section you will learn
about one measure of an economy’s success, gross domestic product
and economic indicators that help planners to make predictions
about the future of the economy.
Discuss the following questions, make use of the prompts in
brackets:
1. Do you think that we can be definitely positive about economic
growth?
(advantages, disadvantages, to be a mixed blessing, to keep
somebody employed, to replace, waste products, natural
environment)
2. Why is it difficult to make decisions about economic growth?
(to improve economic conditions, to feel optimistic, to damage,
to pollute, to be used up, unemployment)
3.2 VOCABULARY
add v
$29 million was added back
from investments and GKN’s
share of profits in related
companies.
cкладывать, прибавлять,
присоединять, приписывать
29 млн. долларов были получены
от инвестиций и доли доходов
GKN от дочерних компаний.
подход, метод, теория
оценка на основе анализа
доходов и расходов
The earnings-and-cost
Оценка на основе анализа
approach to GDP counts the
доходов и расходов учитывает
money received for production.
деньги, полученные от
производства.
approach n
earnings-and-cost approach
122
оценка на основе анализа
товарно-материальных потоков
The flow-of-product approach
Оценка на основе анализа
to GDP calculates the value of
товарно-материальных потоков
goods and services received.
учитывает стоимость товаров и
услуг, полученных в рамках
валового национального
продукта.
approach v
приближаться, подходить
asset n
актив
pl assets
средства, имущество,
активы, фонды, капитал, ресурсы
The balance sheet is a chart
Балансовый отчет – это схема,
that includes the assets – items
включающая активы, т.е.
of value the company owns.
ценности, находящиеся
в собственности компании.
flow-of-product approach
избегать, уклоняться, прекращать
Чтобы избежать двойного счета,
To avoid double counting,
экономисты принимают в расчет
economists count a product or a
только конечный продукт или
service only in its final form.
услугу.
contract v
сокращать(ся), снижать(ся),
суживать(ся), сжимать(ся)
Когда уменьшается ВВП,
The economy is contracting
в экономике происходит спад.
when GDP declines.
avoid v
contraction n
сокращение, сжатие, сужение
To help predict expansion or
Чтобы помочь предсказать
contraction of the economy,
подъем или спад в экономике,
economists identified a number
экономисты выделили ряд
of indicators.
индикаторов.
equity n
собственный (акционерный)
капитал; капитал компании
The statement of stockholders’
Отчет об акционерном капитале
investment, or equity, includes
или капитале компании включает
information on the company’s
в себя информацию об уставном
stock, such as number of shares
капитале компании, т.е. о
outstanding and issued.
размещенных и выпущенных
акциях.
123
entrepreneur n
Entrepreneurs, seeing the
opportunity of profit in a
growing economy, will form
new businesses, such as
consulting firms, restaurants
and stores.
exaggerate v
предприниматель, владелец
предприятия
Понимая, что растущая
экономика дает возможность
получить прибыль,
предприниматели будут
создавать новые предприятия,
например консалтинговые
фирмы, рестораны, магазины.
преувеличивать
If both the flour the baker used
Если считать муку,
and the bread produced were
использованную пекарем,
counted, the flour would be
и испеченный хлеб, то мука
added in twice and so
будет включена в расчет
exaggerate the gross national
дважды, и величина ВНП будет
product.
завышена.
executive n, adj
руководитель, администратор;
специалист, сотрудник, служащий;
исполнительный
Годовой отчет содержит
послание (главного)
исполнительного директора
корпорации акционерам.
The annual report contains a
letter to the stockholders from
the chief executive officer
(CEO) of the corporation.
depreciation n
износ, снашивание,
обесценивание, амортизация
Из выручки должны быть
вычтены эксплуатационные
расходы (68 млн. долларов как
стоимость износа завода,
зданий и оборудования).
The costs of running the
business (e.g. $68 million for
depreciation of plant, buildings
and equipment) have to be
deducted from sales.
final adj
последний, заключительный,
конечный
Потребительские расходы
включают в себя все расходы
физических лиц на готовые
товары и услуги.
Consumer spending includes
all expenditures of individuals
for final goods and services.
124
gross adj
валовой, большой, суммарный
gross domestic product (GDP)
валовой внутренний продукт,
ВВП (совокупная стоимость
товаров и услуг, созданных внутри
страны за определенный период
(обычно за год); один из
основополагающих
макроэкономических показателей)
gross private domestic
investment
валовые внутренние частные
инвестиции
highlights n (pl)
ключевые показатели
Послание об итогах
деятельности корпорации
сопровождает схема ключевых
показателей финансового
положения компании.
Accompanying the letter
summarising the corporation’s
performance is a chart of
financial highlights.
household n
indicator n
leading economic indicators
lagging economic indicators
coincident economic
indicators
input n
домохозяйство (небольшая группа
людей, проживающих в одном и
том же жилище, объединяющих
часть или весь свой доход и
имущество и совместно
потребляющих определенные типы
продуктов и услуг, прежде всего
жилищные услуги и продукты
питания)
показатель, индикатор
прогнозные (опережающие)
индикаторы
итоговые (запаздывающие)
индикаторы
совпадающие индикаторы
(текущие)
вводимый (потребляемый) ресурс
(фактор производства); затраты на
производство, производственные
затраты; расход
125
liability n
пассив, задолженность
pl liabilities
обязательства, долги
The balance sheet is a chart that
Балансовый отчет – это схема, в
includes the company’s
которую входят обязательства
liabilities: debts or claims
компании: долги или требования
against the assets of the
по активам компании.
company.
measure n
мера, измерение
measure v
to be measured by data
измерять, мерить что-либо
оцениваться посредством
фактов
Анализ национальной
экономики включает в себя
факторы, которые невозможно
оценить посредством фактов.
чистый, без вычетов
Analyzing a national economy
involves factors, which cannot
be measured by data.
net adj
Чистый экспорт товаров и услуг
составляет около 1% ВНП.
Net exports of goods and
services are about 1% of GDP.
net n
нетто, чистая прибыль после
налогообложения
output n
продукт, продукция, выпуск
продукции, выработка
production n
производство, изготовление;
добыча, выработка;
продукция, изделия;
производительность,
продуктивность, эффективность;
объём выработки
factors of production
факторы производства
Factors of production include
land, labor, and capital, which
are the resources needed to
produce goods and services.
Факторы производства - это
земля,
труд
и
капитал,
представляющие собой средства,
необходимые для производства
товаров и услуг.
126
выполнение; функционирование;
производительность; результат
деятельности
performance n
Акционеры и потенциальные
инвесторы используют годовой
отчет компании, чтобы оценить
результаты ее деятельности.
Stockholders and potential
investors use the annual report
to evaluate the performance of
the corporation.
прибыль, польза, выгода
profit n
Прибыль до налогообложения,
составившая $132 млн.,
равна прошлогодней, которая
сама по себе была рекордной.
The pre-tax profits at $132
million matched those of the
previous year which were
themselves a record.
получение, расписка
денежные поступления, выручка
receipt n
pl receipts
Один из методов, с помощью
которых определяется ВНП,
оценивает денежные
поступления.
жалованье, оклад
One of the methods of
determining GDP measures
receipts.
salary n
В доходы включаются: прибыль
от бизнеса, заработная плата
рабочих и жалованье служащих;
налоги, получаемые
правительством за
предоставляемые им услуги.
Business profits, wages and
salaries, and taxes the
government receives for its services are included in earnings.
statement n
отчет, заявление, выписка,
ведомость
tax n
налог, сбор, пошлина
Компания должна была заплатить
налоги, составившие $51 млн., и
$13 млн. миноритарным (мелким)
акционерам.
The company had to pay taxes
amounting to $51 million and
$13 million to minority
shareholders.
total n
сумма, итог
127
total adj
суммарный, полный, общий
суммарное значение, общая
сумма
total value
Суммарная выручка компании и
прибыль от продаж были ниже
прошлогодних в основном из-за
транспортировки спецстали.
Total group sales and trading
surplus were lower than the
previous year largely because
of the transfer of special steels.
total v
суммировать, подводить итог,
составлять
Эксплуатационные издержки
(жалованье, реклама,
материально-техническое
обеспечение), вычтенные из
дохода, составляют прибыль или
убыток.
The operating costs – salaries,
advertising, maintenance –
deducted from the income total
the profit or loss.
transfer n
передача (в собственность),
перевод (денег), трансферт,
перенос
transfer v
передавать; переводить (деньги)
$1 млн был передан в резерв,
чтобы снова быть пущенным в
дело.
$1 million was transferred to
reserves for putting back into
the business.
transfer payments
трансфертные платежи,
передаточные платежи (выплаты
населению по программам
социального страхования и
платежи процентов владельцам
государственных обязательств)
128
DEVELOPING VOCABULARY
3.2.1 Consult a dictionary, write out the transcription and
practise the pronunciation of the following words:
a transfer
an increase
approach
assets and
liabilities
coincident
commerce
composite
dividend
equity
exaggerate
executive
gain
highlights
legal requirement
measure
microeconomics
occur
pre-tax profits
purchase
receipt
surplus
to execute
to increase
to transfer
129
3.2.2 Match the English word combinations with the Russian
equivalents.
1. to fall into categories
2. to be added in twice in the
balance sheet
3. to make educated decisions
4. to fulfil a legal requirement
5. earnings-and-cost approach
a. принимать обоснованные решения
b. микроэк. прибыль от продаж, макроэк.
активное сальдо торгового баланса
c. отчет об акционерном капитале
d. активы и обязательства компании
e. оценка на основе анализа товарно-
материальных потоков
6. issued / outstanding shares
7. to evaluate the performance of
the chief executive officer
8. trading surplus
9. assets and liabilities of the
company
10. equity statement / statement of
stockholder’s investment
11. pre-tax profits
12. expenditures of individuals for
final goods and services
13. to measure operating costs in
terms of
14. quarterly dividend per share
15. to predict expansion or
contraction of the economy
16. a chart of financial highlights
17. flow-of-product approach
18. to avoid double counting
19. lagging economic indicators
20. net exports of goods and
services
21. coincident economic indicators
22. income statement
23. leading economic indicators
f. выполнять требования закона
g. оценка на основе анализа доходов
и расходов
h. избегать двойного счета
i. ежеквартальный дивиденд на одну
акцию
j. акции, выпущенные
(эмитированные) / находящиеся в
руках акционеров (размещенные)
k. совпадающие экономические
индикаторы
l. схема ключевых показателей финансового положения компании
m. оценить деятельность
управляющего высшего ранга
n. прибыль до налогообложения
o. расходы физических лиц на
готовые товары и услуги
p. опережающие экономические
показатели
q. отчет о прибылях и убытках
r. делиться на категории
s. предсказывать подъем или спад в
экономике
t. запаздывающие экономические
показатели
u. чистый экспорт товаров и услуг
v. быть дважды включенным в
балансовый отчет
w. оценивать эксплуатационные
издержки посредством чего-либо
130
3.3 READING
A NATION’S ECONOMY. GDP. ECONOMIC INDICATORS
The complete economy comprises many millions of individual
economic units: households, firms, and the departments of central and
local government. Together, their individual decisions determine the
economy’s total spending, its total income, and its total level of
production of goods and services.
Economists study different sides of the economy in different ways,
they may show how one product market operates, or the way one
group of the consumers decides how to spend money.
Microeconomics is the part of economics that is concerned with
individual areas of economic activity, such as those within a particular
company or relating to a particular market. Macroeconomics is the
branch of economics that is concerned with the major, general
features of a country’s economy, such as the level of inflation,
unemployment, or interest rates.
Macroeconomists use various methods to evaluate the
performance of the economy. Statistics1 measure gross domestic
product, or GDP, which computes the output produced by factors
of production located in domestic economy regardless of who
owns these factors.
All the goods and services produced must be counted, and their
value (e.g. in dollars and cents) determined. For example, every
new car and haircut must be included. If a farmer produces 1,000
bushels of apples worth $10 per bushel, that farmer would add
$10,000 to the year’s GDP.
In the United States the Department of Commerce computes
GDP. Information is collected for every good or service produced in
the nation during a year, but not everything is counted. Three
factors limit the types of products counted.
First, only goods and services produced during a specific year
are counted. Second, not every good or service produced or sold
during the year can be counted. For example, if both the flour the
baker used and the bread produced were counted, the flour would be
Statistics – статистика (наука) + Singular Verb; Statistics – статистические данные + Plural
Verb.
1
131
added in twice and so exaggerate the gross national product. To
avoid this problem, economists count a product or a service only in
its final form. They count the baker’s flour in its final product form
– as a loaf of bread or cake. Products in their final form are called
final goods and services. Third, GDP includes only goods sold for
the first time. When goods are resold or transferred, no wealth is
created.
One way in which economists measure GDP is the flow-ofproduct approach. Using this method, they count all the money
spent on goods and services to determine total value. Each time a new
product is sold, GDP increases. For example, when a household, a
business or a government buys a chair for $50, that purchase causes
GDP to increase by $50.
Spending for products falls into four categories. The first, and
the largest, consumer spending, includes all expenditures of
individuals for final goods and services. Called personal
consumption expenditures, this category accounts for about 65 per
cent of GDP. The second category includes all spending of
businesses for new capital goods. Since these purchases are
investments, this category is called private domestic investment. It
accounts for about 13% of GDP. The third category includes
spending of all levels of government. Government purchases of
goods and services account for about 21 per cent of GDP. The
fourth category is net exports of goods and services, about 1% of
GDP.
Another way of determining GDP is the earnings-and-cost
approach. This method accounts for all the money received for the
production of goods and services, it measures receipts. Figuring
gross national product by counting what people receive requires
calculating what the entire country earns for the goods it makes and
the services it performs. Included in earnings are such things as
business profits, wages and salaries, and taxes the government
receives for its services. Also counted are interest on deposits, money
received as rent, and any other forms of income.
Business and government planners, investors, and consumers
make decisions based on their expectations of future economic
performance. To help predict expansion or contraction of the
economy, government economists identified a number of
132
indicators. They fall into three categories: leading, coincident, and
lagging. Leading economic indicators rise or fall just before a major
change in economic activity. Coincident economic indicators
change at about the same time that shifts occur in general economic
activity. Lagging economic indicators rise or fall after a change in
economic activity.
Following and interpreting all economic indicators is timeconsuming. The US Commerce Department, therefore, lists a
composite index, or single number, for each of the three sets of
indicators. These composite indexes are an average of all the
indicators in each category.
GDP Components
4
133
3.4 COMPREHENSION
UNDERSTANDING THE READING
3.4.1 Give extensive answers to the questions. Use the following
expressions to start your answers:
I suppose ...;
The idea behind the statement ... is that ...;
It is essential to ...; To sum up what has been mentioned ...;
It’s like this ...;
It is impossible to decide whether ...;
1. What kind of goods and services does GDP count?
2. How to single out the kinds of goods and services not included
in GDP?
3. What is the difference between the subjects of microeconomics
and macroeconomics?
4. Why is it useful to have GDP figures available every year?
5. Why are final goods and services emphasized in measuring
GDP?
6. What must be included if GDP is figured by counting
expenditures?
7. What must be included if GDP is figured by counting income?
8. What are the three categories of economic indicators?
9. What group of economic indicators is related to the present?
What makes you think so?
10. Why is personal income a coincident indicator rather than a
leading or a lagging one?
11. What are the categories of spending included in the flow-ofproduct approach of measuring GDP?
12. How is a composite index of economic indicators compiled?
134
REVIEWING THE CONCEPT
3.4.2 Say whether these statements are true (T) or false (F), and
if they are false say why.
e.g. I believe it is true that … .
I suppose it is false that … because … .
TF
1. Analyzing a national economy involves a very important
measure of an economy’s success, i.e. gross domestic
product, that helps planners to make predictions about the
future of the economy.
TF
2. Microeconomics is the branch of economics concerned
with large-scale or general economic factors, such as
interest rates and national productivity, while
macroeconomics is the part of economics concerned with
single factors and the effects of individual decisions.
TF
3. In the United States the Department of Commerce
computes GDP which is the value of all goods and services
produced for sale or resale during one year. Information is
collected for every good or service produced in the nation
during a given year without any limitation.
TF
4. Using the method called the flow-of-product approach
economists measure GDP and count all the money spent on
goods and services to determine total value. Each time a
new product is sold, GDP increases.
TF
5. Spending for products falls into four categories. The first,
and the largest, is personal private domestic expenditures.
The second category includes all spending of businesses for
new capital goods. This category is called gross business
domestic investment. The third includes spending of all
levels of government. The fourth category is net exports of
goods and services.
TF
6. The earnings-and-cost approach accounts for all the money
received for the production of goods and services, i.e.
business profits, wages and salaries, and taxes the
135
government receives for its services, interest on deposits,
money received as rent, and any other forms of income.
TF
7. Government economists identified a number of indicators
in order to forecast expansion or contraction of the national
economy. Leading economic indicators rise or fall after a
major change in economic activity. Coincident economic
indicators change at about the same time that shifts occur in
general economic activity. Lagging economic indicators
rise or fall before a change in economic activity.
TF
8. The US Commerce Department uses a composite index, or
single number, for each of the three sets of indicators to
simplify the process of following and interpreting all
economic indicators.
3.4.3 Complete each statement with the correct item from the
list that follows.
(a) microeconomics
(b) gross national product
(c) flow-of-product
(d) macroeconomics
(e) gross domestic product
(f) earnings-and-cost
1. ... the total value of goods produced and services provided by a
country during one year, equal to the gross domestic product plus
the net income from foreign investments.
2. ... is the study of the total performance of the economy.
3. The ... approach to GDP calculates the value of goods and
services received.
4. The ... approach to GDP counts the money received for
production.
5. ... is the study of specific markets.
6. A country's … is the total value of all the goods it has produced
and the services it has provided in a particular year.
1
2
3
4
136
5
6
3.5 SPEAKING & WRITING
Language focus
3.5.1. Saying or writing out numbers.
a. Look at the following survey and a report based on the
extract.
Every few years a questionnaire is sent to readers of the
International News. Here is the survey of the answers to the
question “Approximately how many nights have you spent in hotels
in the last 12 months?”
1 + nights
8 + nights
15 + nights
30 + nights
50 + nights
75 + nights
100 or more nights
Average number of nights
94%
84%
69%
45%
25%
14%
9%
36
In the last 12 months IN readers have stayed in hotels for an average
of 36 nights. Nine per cent have spent at least 100 nights away from
home, 14 per cent have been away for 75 nights or more and 25 per
cent have used hotels for a minimum of 50 nights. 94 per cent of
readers have stayed in hotels for at least one night.
b. Look at another extract from the same survey and write a
short report similar to the report above.
“Approximately how many international air trips have you made
in the last 12 months?”
Any trip
3 + trips
6 + trips
11 + trips
20 + trips
35 or more trips
Average number of air trips
137
94%
77%
54%
34%
19%
8%
12
3.5.2. Fill in prepositions or adverbial particles wherever
necessary.
Leading indicators measure a wide variety ... business activities that
tend to rise or fall just ... a major change ... economic activity. The
leading indicators include information ... the number ... workers
employed, construction activity, and the formation ... new
businesses. All three ... these business activities will increase as
demand increases and the economy begins to expand. Industry will
begin hiring new workers to increase production, and new factories
will be built. Entrepreneurs, seeing the opportunity ... profit ... a
growing economy, will form new businesses, such as consulting
firms, restaurants and stores.
3.5.3. a. Change the italicised expressions by the synonyms
from the box. Fill in the grid below.
a. economic indicators
e. flow-of- product method
b. composite index
f.
leading economic indicators
c. price index
g. earnings-and-cost approach
d. plan indicator
h. gross domestic product
_____________________________________
Measuring (1) the value, in dollars, of all final goods and services
produced for sale during one year can show whether the economy of
a country is growing or shrinking, healthy or sick. It is a standard by
which the economy as a whole can be judged. The economy is
expanding when GDP increases. The economy is contracting when
GDP declines.
When GDP is determined by (2) a method of computing the total
value of goods and services produced by counting all the money
spent on them, your contribution is measured by your spending.
When you spend money, you receive products and services in
return.
When GDP is determined by (3) a method which computes the
total value of goods and services produced by counting all the
money received for them your contribution is measured by your
production. Your major productive resource probably is your
labour. The income you receive from working is the measure of the
amount of work you do.
138
The gross national product is a measure of current economic
performance and growth, but GDP gives no indication of future
growth. Economists, working for the United States Department of
Commerce, have therefore developed three groups of (4) statistics
that help economists to measure economic performance.
The (5) economic measurement that averages several leading
economic indicators comprises three major categories. The first
category of statistics that make up the composite index of (6)
categories of statistics that tend to rise or fall just before a major
change in economic activity is employment. The second category is
production. The third category includes measures of business
activity.
1
2
3
4
5
6
b. Use the information you now have to give it a suitable
headline;
c. Put 6 questions to the text, making use of the combinations
given in the box.
3.5.4 Fill in the gaps with the suitable expressions from the box.
(a) to count the value
(b) earnings-and-cost approach
(c) flow-of-product approach
(d) GDP
(e) total cost
(f) calculation
(g) data
(h) accurate
(i) determine
While the …1… measures spending; the …2… measures receipts.
For example, an economist using this approach …3… of a chair
might include in …4… the $20 for the lumberyard, the $5 for the
paint store, the $5 for wear and tear on tools used to make the chair,
and the $20 for the labour. The …5... would be $50. By measuring
how much money each factor received, the economist can …6... that
the value of the chair is $50. No way of determining gross domestic
product is entirely …7... . Some …8... are hard to obtain.
Government economists must estimate some information. The two
approaches discussed here lead to a rough …9... of the total value of
the economy’s production in a given year.
1
2
3
4
5
139
6
7
8
9
3.5.5 Do it in English:
A.: Анализ национальной экономики включает множество
факторов, но меня заинтересовал один из самых популярных
способов измерения национального благосостояния –
валовой внутренний продукт, так как …
B.: Можно я Вас перебью?
A.: Да, пожалуйста.
B.: А что такое валовой внутренний продукт, что Вы знаете о
нем?
A.: Насколько мне известно, ВВП – это стоимость всех товаров
и услуг, произведенных в стране для продажи в течение
одного года. Этот объем должен быть выражен в
стоимостной форме.
B.: Простите, что я вмешиваюсь, но знаете ли Вы, кто
занимается исчислением ВВП, скажем, в США?
A.: Министерство торговли.
B.: Я бы хотел выяснить некоторые детали, касающиеся видов
исчисления ВВП.
A.: Пожалуйста. Первый метод – когда суммируется
стоимость всех товаров и услуг, произведенных в данном
году. По второму методу учитывается только конечный
результат, исключая двойной зачет. По третьему методу в
состав ВВП включаются товары, проданные один раз, так
как при перепродаже или передаче товара ВВП остается
без изменений.
B.: Извините, можно мне сказать?
A.: Позвольте мне закончить. Существует еще так называемый
метод расходов. Расходы делятся на несколько категорий:
первая – это индивидуальные расходы; вторая – это
инвестиционные расходы коммерческих предприятий,
третья – это правительственные расходы
B.: Можно мне теперь добавить? Еще одним методом
исчисления ВВП является “доходный” метод. Он включает
все доходы, полученные в течение года: доходы от
предпринимательской деятельности; зарплату; арендную
плату; налоги, полученные государством; проценты по
вкладам.
140
A.: Считаете ли Вы, что с помощью разного рода методов
можно предсказать спад и подъем в экономике?
B.: Безусловно. Для этого в экономике существуют
индикаторы.
A.: Можно мне внести маленькую поправку? Насколько я знаю,
индикаторов три: прогнозные, итоговые и совпадающие.
Изменение прогнозных индикаторов опережает изменения в
экономической деятельности; изменение совпадающих происходит одновременно с ними; а изменение итоговых происходит после резкого спада или подъема экономики.
WATCH OUT: translator's "false friends"
evaluate – measure – assess – score – rate - compute
3.5.6 a. Look up the dictionary to find the difference between the
words evaluate-measure-assess-score-rate-compute. Match
the words with their meanings. Fill in the grid below.
1 evaluate A ascertain the size, amount, or degree of (something)
by using an instrument or device marked in standard
units
2 measure B assign a standard or value to (something) according
to a particular scale
3 assess
C calculate (a figure or amount)
4 score
D evaluate or estimate the nature, ability, or quality of
somebody or something
5 rate
E 1. form an idea of the amount, number, or value of
something
2. assess
3. math find a numerical expression or equivalent for
an equation, formula, or function
6 compute F 1. gain (a point, goal, run, etc.) in a competitive
game
2. be worth (a number of points)
1
2
3
4
141
5
6
b.
Fill in the blanks with evaluate-measure-assess-score-ratecompute. Put them in the appropriate form.
1.
If you … something or someone, you consider them in order to
make a judgement about them, for example about how good or
bad they are.
2.
To … a quantity or number means to calculate it.
3.
He is generally … Italy's No. 3
4.
They will first send in trained nurses to … the needs of the
individual situation.
5.
I tried to … the cash value of the ponies and horse boxes.
6.
The market situation is difficult to … .
7.
If you … the quality, value, or effect of something, you
discover or judge how great it is.
8.
It is difficult … the damage caused by the economic downturn
as yet.
Society often … success in terms of money.
9.
10. Firstly, you should compare loan sources. Secondly, it is
necessary to … interest.
11. The test was to … aptitude rather than academic achievement.
12. In a sport or game, if a player … a goal or a point, they gain a
goal or point.
13.
If you … a particular number or amount, for example as a
mark in a test, you achieve that number or amount.
14. Microeconomists use various methods to … the performance
of the economy.
15. If you … someone or something highly, you think that they
are good.
16. A “yes” answer … ten points.
17. The article will help people … the recent changes in the tax
policy.
142
Presenting information
3.5.7 a. Write a 150-word composition about the ways to
measure changes in the nation’s economy.
b. Consider the tasks involved in writing a composition.
Decide in which order you would do the things if you
were writing it. Number the items. One of them is non
needed.
a. Check your grammar, spelling, punctuation and style.
b. Write the body of the report.
c. Summarise the report in a sentence.
d. Decide what information is important and what is irrelevant.
e. Write the introduction: state the subject, state the purpose,
summarise findings.
f. Consider the purpose of your report; who it is for, why he or she
wants it. How will he or she use it?
g. Arrange the points of information in a logical sequence and in
order of importance. Make rough notes.
h. Read the text aloud to yourself, or better, to someone else.
i. Ask someone else to look critically at your draft.
j. Check your illustrations.
k. Write the conclusion (and recommendations).
l. Collect all relevant material – notes, documents.
m. Examine the draft. Does it do what the composition is exactly to
do?
n. Draft a working plan on a separate sheet of paper.
o. State the aim and emphasis of the composition.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
143
9
10 11 12 13 14
Communication skills
TELEPHONE ETIQUETTE
What to say and how to behave:
Task 1. Read and memorize the following formulas of etiquette.
The techniques of telephoning are very much the same in all
countries. But you should remember your good telephone manners:









When talking on the telephone – speak clearly. Do not shout
and take your cigarette out of your mouth.
Make sure that your conversation with a busy person is as
brief as possible.
If a wrong-number call comes through don’t lose your temper.
Just say: “Sorry, wrong number.” Then hang up but don’t bang
the receiver.
When you get a wrong number don’t ask: ”What number is
this?” It is good manners to ask: “Is this three-six-four-onenine?” If not – apologize.
When making a call always identify yourself. It’s especially
important if you are calling on business. E.g. “This is John
Martin of Harper & Grant Ltd. Could I speak to Mr. Duncan
…?”
If you have a visitor, do not carry on a long chat while your
visitor tries hard to avoid listening to your conversation. You
should say you are busy at the moment and say: “May I call
you back in a little while?” But you mustn’t forget about it.
When calling a friend who doesn’t recognize your voice –
don’t play: “Guess who?” Announce yourself promptly.
When you invite people to a party or the like you shouldn’t
ask: “Will you be busy on Sunday night?” The correct way is
to say: “We’d like to have you over for dinner on Sunday.”
And finally, remember: if you make the call, you should
terminate it yourself. You shouldn’t “drag it out.”
144
Task 2. Read and memorize the following formulas of the
telephone etiquette.
Addressing
Replying
Hello! Is this/that Harper & Yes, that’s right.
Grant Ltd?
Sorry, wrong number/I’m afraid you’ve
got/dialed the wrong number.
Wrong number, I’m afraid.
There’s some mistake, I’m afraid.
Can/Could I speak to Mr.
Wiles, please?
I’d like to speak to …
Yes, it’s me/Mr. Wiles.
Speaking.
Sorry, there’s no one by that name here.
What number were you calling/did you
dial?/Did you dial right?
Hello, is that Ms. Harvey?
I’m afraid you have the wrong number.
I’m not Ms. Harvey.
Mr. Jones is speaking
Sorry, I didn’t recognize you/your voice at
once.
Sorry, we’ve been cut off/disconnected. Are
you still there?
Sorry, can’t hear a thing. I’ll call you back.
Try ringing/calling me again.
Is Mr. Duncan there?
Could I speak to him?
Is Mr. Martin there? It’s
urgent. Could you
please/kindly tell him he’s
wanted on the phone?
Would you tell Mr. Grant
that I’m on the phone?
Can I trouble you to tell
H.G. that I’d like to speak
to him?
Mr. Duncan, it’s a call from Harper & Grant
Ltd.
Mr. Martin, you’re wanted on the phone.
Mr. Martin, it’s for you/the call is for you.
Mr. Grant, Mr. Duncan is calling.
Mr. Grant, Mr. Duncan is on the line.
Mr. Duncan, there’s a call for you from the
Ministry.
Mr. Grant, the call is for you.
145
Hello, is Mr. Wiles there?
Just a minute/moment. Coming.
Just a minute/moment. On his/her way.
Hold on, please.
Can you hold on a minute?
Will you wait please?
I’m afraid he’s out at the moment.
Could you call back later/say, in an hour?
Could you call later, if that’s not too much
trouble?
Mr. Wiles is still out. Would you like to leave
a message?/any message?
Mr. Wiles is not in at the moment. And who’s
calling/speaking?
Task 3. React to the following information.
– H.G. called/telephoned you.
– Nick called and left a message. He wants you to call him back
tonight.
– There was a call for you from Mrs. Harvey.
– They expect you to call the Ministry at four sharp.
– Somebody called but didn’t leave his name.
Task 4. Ask your partner what is the proper thing to do when:
 you are calling on business;
 you get a wrong-number call;
 you dial the wrong number;
 you started the telephone conversation and want to terminate
it;
 you have a visitor and you get a call;
 you invite people to a party.
Task 5. Compose telephone dialogues on the following topics.
 Asking for a business appointment.
 Clarifying the details of the order.
 Inviting your friend to the museum or theatre.
146
3.6 DIALOGUE
a. Replace the Russian word combinations by their English
equivalents.
b. Be ready to summarise what is mentioned about the national
income accounting1.
A: You see, almost every day the newspapers and television refer
to the problems of inflation, (безработица), and slow growth.
Needless to say, what the government can and should do is the
subject of lively debate both within the field of economics and
in the country at large.
B: OK, you’ve got a point. These issues are widely discussed; they
even help (определять) the outcome of elections. Could you
put me in the picture about the particulars of a government’s
economic policy?
A: As a matter of fact, the government has a variety of policy
measures through which it can try to affect the
(функционирование) of the economy as a whole. It levies
taxes, commissions, (расходы), and influences the
(предложение денег), (процентные ставки), and the
(обменный курс).
B: It’s not surprising that economic decisions of the government
are the subject of heated discussion, especially the (доходы и
расходы страны).
A: I am sure you are aware that governments raise revenue both
through direct taxes levied on incomes (wages, (арендная
плата), interest, and profits) and through indirect taxes (VAT,
petrol duties, cigarette taxes). What is more important is how
the income is allocated.
B: It is as simple as that: taxes are raised to meet two kinds of
expenditure. Well, first of all government spending on goods
and services comprises (закупки) by the government of
physical goods and services. It includes spending on the wages
1
Cистема национальных счетов, СНС (система национального учета, цель которого определение обобщающих макроэкономических показателей о состоянии экономики
страны); исчисление национального дохода.
147
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
of civil servants and soldiers, the purchase of (офисное
оборудование), tanks, and military aircraft, and investment
programmes in roads and hospitals.
But governments also spend money financing transfer
payments or (льготы). These include pensions, (пособие по
безработице), and subsidies to private firms (investment
grants) and to (принадлежащий государству) firms (e.g.
paying for loss-making rural railways).
And this is the second kind of expenditure to be met. By the
way, (передаточные платежи) are payments that do not
require the provision of any goods or services in return.
Then transfer payments add to neither national income nor
(общий объем продукции, произведенной в данной стране,
совокупный продукт).
Exactly. They should not be included in (валовой внутренний
продукт). There is no corresponding value added or net output
produced.
Do you mean that (налоги) and transfer payments merely
redistribute existing income and spending power away from
people being taxed and towards people being subsidized?
Right. Couldn’t have put it better myself. In contrast, spending
on goods and services produces a net (выпуск продукции),
gives rise to corresponding factor earnings in the firms
supplying this output, and hence gives rise to additional
spending power of the (домохозяйства) receiving this income.
Hence government spending on (товары и услуги) should be
included in GDP.
Precisely. Thus, the purpose of (исчисление национального
дохода) is to provide a logically coherent set of definitions and
measures of national output.
c. Sum up:
- A Government’s economic policy
- The performance of a country’s economy
- The way the governments raise revenue
- Allocation of the national income
- The system of taxation
148
3.7 Reading for Cross-cultural Associations
a. Read the excepts below about the Dutch, German and French
national economies.
A.
As a whole the Netherlands can be seen as a finely-tuned
machine where rules and regulations, permits and prohibitions, time
schemes and spatial planning all and norms abound and there are
controls contribute to keeping the economy running smoothly and to
promoting the well-being of the 16-million people who live there.
In the economy rules, regulations and norms abound and there
are controls in place everywhere. Weights and measures, licenses
and qualifications, percentages and time standards, quantity and
quality – they are all controlled and registered, by officials who are
rarely corruptible and do strictly administer the letter of the law.
Besides ISO1-norms and the like, there are strict regulations on the
ecological, legal and taxation aspects of work. Needless to say,
labour conditions are highly regulated too: safety and hygiene, time
limits, on working with computers or driving trucks, quality
standards and ergonomic aspects of machines and furniture. The
height of chairs, the time spent behind the computer, noise levels,
air quality – these are all prescribed and checked. A researcher
discovered, for instance, that Dutch office workers have more direct
daylight on their desks than many of their colleagues elsewhere.
Such is the labour law.
The Dutch social benefits system is built on a rather positive
relationship (“trust”) between the citizens and the state. Dutch
people generally consider the state to be a benevolent organism that
is there to serve them. Good governance, incorruptibility and
trustworthiness are taken for granted. Citizens pay their taxes and
the government secures a good existence, be it smooth roads, a
clean environment or good social benefits when needed.
1
International Organization for Standardization ИСО, Международная организация по стандартизации
149
B.
Germany ranks among the world's most important economic
powers. Germans often describe their economic system as a "social
market economy." The German Government provides an extensive
array of social services. Although the state intervenes in the
economy through the provision of subsidies to selected sectors and
the ownership of some segments of the economy, competition and
free enterprise are promoted as a matter of government policy.
The Government has worked hard to improve competitiveness
by reforming the nation's social and fiscal systems but these efforts
have run into difficulties. Changes to the German "social compact"
have met with strong resistance from labor and management alike.
Germany's greatest economic problem is its persistently high
unemployment rate. Although a recent "Alliance for Jobs" program
to trade wage restraint for job guarantees has had some success, it
will probably not significantly decrease Germany's high unit labor
costs any time soon. Massive layoffs by some of the country's
biggest firms have spawned a feeling of insecurity new to western
Germans.
However, despite the growing clamor to address structural
rigidities in the labor market and excessive government regulation,
the economy remains fundamentally strong and internationally
competitive.
Abundant human capital, low corporate debt burdens, and
cooperative industrial relations continue to characterize the German
economy. Additionally, Germany is strategically placed to take
advantage of the rapidly growing central European countries.
Although the Germans face fundamental economic adjustments,
they have the discipline and the resources to meet the challenges
ahead.
C.
France's economy combines extensive private enterprise (nearly
2.5 million companies registered) with substantial (though
declining) government intervention. The government retains
considerable influence over key segments of infrastructure sectors,
150
with majority ownership of railway, electricity, aircraft, and
telecommunication firms. Despite figures showing a higher
productivity per hour worked than in the US, France's GDP per
capita is significantly lower than the US GDP per capita, being in
fact comparable to the GDP per capita of the other European
countries, which is on average 30% below the US level. The reason
for this is that a much smaller percentage of the French population
is working compared to the US, which lowers the GDP per capita of
France, despite its higher productivity.
As many economists have stressed repeatedly over the years, the
main issue with the French economy is not an issue of productivity.
In their opinion, it is an issue of structural reforms, in order to
increase the size of the working population in the overall
population. Lower working hours and the reluctance to reform the
labour market are mentioned as weak spots of the French economy
in the view of the right and lack of government policies fostering
social justice by the left. Recent government attempts at adjusting
the youth labour market, to combat unemployment, have met with
fierce resistance. Since the end of the Second World War the
government made efforts to integrate more and more with Germany,
both economically and politically. Today the two countries form
what is often referred to as the "core" countries in favour of greater
integration of the European Union.
b.
Read the texts again in order to find the facts referring to
the following subjects. Discuss them with an interlocutor.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The government regulation of the economy.
Social policy.
The strongest points in economic policy.
The questionable items in the economic policy.
The major points of difference between the three countries.
c. Compare the situation in these countries with that in Russia.
151
3.8 CASE-STUDY & ROLE-PLAY
Consumer skills
READING AN ANNUAL REPORT
The case
Just as teachers send out report cards to the Dean’s office each
term, corporations issue annual reports summarising the progress
made in the past year. Stockholders and potential investors use the
annual report to evaluate the performance of the corporation. The
ability to read an annual report is a basic skill for understanding
how a business operates.
Here are extracts from the Managing Director’s report about the
performance of the company, called GKN.
“The results for 2XXX overall were good. While total group sales and
trading surplus were lower than the previous year, this was largely
because of the transfer of our special steels and forging operations to be
part of United Engineering Steels, the company jointly owned by BSC
and ourselves. The pre-tax profits at $132 million matched those of the
previous year which were themselves a record.
In the business sectors, however, the trading results were mixed.
The automotive sector was not uniformly bleak, however, and a
passenger car sales were buoyant generally. Our factories producing car
components had a good year, particularly our transmission companies on
the continent. There the trading surplus rose by $21 million to a total of
$77 million ... “
“Group Sales for 2XXX amounted to $2059 million .
From this figure the costs of running the business had to be deducted:
– $599 million for wages, salaries and related costs;
– $1246 million for materials and services:
– $68 million for depreciation of plant, buildings and equipment;
That left a trading surplus of $146 million.
From the trading surplus of $146 million :
– interest on bank borrowings and other loans to finance the business
amounting to $43 million had to be deducted;
– $29 million were added back from investments and GKN’s share of
profits in related companies.
152
That produced a profit before tax of $132 million.
GKN then had to pay taxes amounting to $51 million and $13 million to
minority shareholders.
This resulted in earnings of the year of $68 million.
GKN paid its shareholders a dividend on their investment which
amounted to $31 million, and extraordinary items amounted to $36
million mostly arising from the sale of Steelstock and restructuring of
the French autoparts distribution division.
This left $1 million which was transferred to reserves for putting back
into the business ...”
Case Analysis
S t e p 1. Understand Annual Reports
The annual report is a message to the stockholders (the owners)
of a corporation from the corporate management. The report tells
the stockholders the company’s financial status at the end of the
fiscal year and what the management sees for the future. Also, the
annual report fulfils a legal requirement. The Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC)1, a federal agency in the USA,
requires corporations to publish financial information about their
firm. With such information, investors can make educated decisions.
Libraries stock annual reports of major corporations.
S t e p 2. Read the Financial Information
Annual reports generally are divided into two sections. The first
section contains a letter to the stockholders from the chief executive
officer (CEO) of the corporation. Accompanying this letter
summarising the corporation’s performance is a chart of financial
highlights. Also frequently included in the first section is an
overview of the corporation’s organization. The second section
includes statistics on the company’s performance. Most of the
information appears in charts and graphs.
The balance sheet is a chart that includes the assets (items of
value the company owns) and its liabilities (debts or claims against
the assets of the company). The balance sheet represents the
financial picture of the firm at one instant in time.
1
Комиссия по ценным бумагам и биржам (США).
153
The income statement shows the profit or loss of the company
for the year. This chart reports the income the company received
from sales, interest, and other sources. The operating costs –
salaries, advertising, maintenance – deducted from the income total
the profit or loss. The statement of stockholders’ investment, or
equity, includes information on the company’s stock1, such as
number of shares outstanding2 and issued3.
Various parts of the annual report can be used to determine
whether a corporation is profitable. In addition to reporting on this
current year, most corporations include in their annual reports
comparisons of the current year and the prior year’s financial
information. Also important to stockholders and investors is the
company’s return on sales. This percentage is calculated by dividing
profit by total sales or revenue. If a firm sold $1mln. worth of its
products and its profit was $100,000, return on sales would be 10%.
S t e p 3. Evaluate Performance
Whether a particular company’s stock is a good investment
depends on the investor’s goals. If the real goal is income, the
investor would consider a company that has consistently paid high
dividends over the years. If the goal is a long-term profit, the
investor would consider a company that has growth potential. The
company may not pay dividends since it will be using profits to
expand. However, if the company grows and stays profitable, the
price of its stock will increase. The investor willing to wait may see
the stock price rise and so produce a long-term profit. Since each
industry’s needs differ, investors compare the reports of several
companies in the industry.
Situation
You try to learn what an annual report of a company reads.
What you must decide
Find out the way to invest your money most effectively.
1
Доля акций, акции.
Размещенные (акции), находящиеся в обращении, непогашенные (о ценных бумагах) ; не
предъявленные к платежу (о чеках, векселях)
3
Эмитированные, выпущенные (акции).
2
154
Cast
Student A
Student B
Student C
Student D
Mr. E, CFO1 of a corporation
Student E, Mr. E’s adult child
Mr. F, a broker
Mr. G, an investor
Role playing
a. Student A and Student B
As you are trainees at the accountant’s, you consider different types
of documents. Looking through the annual report of GKN you try to
determine whether a company has earned a profit or suffered a loss.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I’d like to start by reminding you … .
 Well, I’m very interested in hearing your views on … .
 Good. So let me start by reviewing … .
 My estimate is that … .
 So, if I understand you correctly.
 I am sure you are aware … .
 Now, let’s turn to … .
 We have very clear evidence … .
 Fair enough. Go on.
 I am confident that … .
 Yes, I know that but … .
 If we look into the near future … .
 Let me move on now to … .
 I won’t bore you with the details … .
 Do you mind if I just interrupt…?
1
(Chief Financial Officer) глава финансовой службы, финансовый директор, финдиректор.
155



Let me just add that … .
I’d like to raise the question of … .
So, in conclusion, I’d like to stress that … .
b. Student C and Student D
Having got your first pay you decide to invest some money in
stocks. Your partner suggests investigating the matter. You try to
determine the rate of return on investment for the following stock:
Quarterly dividend per share, $ 1.35
Price of stock, $ 25.00
Discuss whether this stock is a better investment than a savings
account.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I wonder if you’d mind telling me ... .
 What I’d like to know is ... .
 Might I interrupt at this point?
 Please do.
 Could I say something on that point?
 That’s a good question and one which I have taken into
account.
 I’d like to outline the factors that … .
 Now, as you can see … .
 Excuse me, but could I just say something?
 So if I may go on?
 Yes, please.
 I can’t let that pass ... .
 Could I just pick up on that point?
 Sorry to butt in, but ... ?
 Could I just correct one small detail ?
 May I add something to that ?
 Yes, it does look that way.
 Could I just finish?
c. Mr. E, CFO of a corporation and Student E, his adult child
Your child asks your advice as to profitable investment. Explain
why an investor should be interested in a balance sheet. Discuss
156
whether the statement of stockholder’s equity and income statement
are of any use.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 What I really need to know is ... .
 I’d like to get some details about ... .
 If I could just get a word in ... .
 I’d like to raise the subject of ... .
 Okay, there are a couple of issues I’d like to bring up.
 Would you like to put me in the picture?
 Firstly, … .
 I suppose you are right.
 There is another issue.
 Another factor is … .
 Yes, that’s probably true.
 So if you take a look at … .
 At this point I should mention that … .
 Can I interrupt?
 I’d now like to move on to … .
 In other words, … .
 In my opinion what you should do is … .
 That’s exactly my point.
 If you could just allow me to finish.
 So that brings me to the final factor.
d. Mr. F, a broker and Mr. G, an investor
Consider an extract from an article analysing an annual report of a
company. Explain whether or not this firm’s stock is a good
investment and why.
“This week we’ve chosen two go-ahead high-tech companies – Canford
and Lybrandy. They’ve both been hitting the headlines of the business
pages quite a lot recently and we’ve had a number of enquiries from our
regular investors.
Canford performed much better than Lybrandy last year.
Net income was well up on the previous year – a total of $202 million –
whereas Lybrandy announced just $55 million profit for the year.
157
However, as usual, it’s worth looking a bit more closely at the figures.
Lybrandy accounted for $45 million in development costs – while
Canford only posted $6 million.
They’ve both been working on some new electronic sensor systems for
environmental projects. Both have filed patents. In fact Canford made
the asset side of their balance sheet look very healthy by putting down
$195 million as intangibles, representing the future value of their patents,
while Lybrandy have a much more modest figure – just $22 million.
We’d like to draw your attention to the acquisition Canford made during
last year – that was Pitmax International. They added to their equity
about $47 million.
To sum up the above mentioned information we should say that Canford
have produced some very impressive results. “
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Can you give me some information about ... ?
 Let’s get started.
 Sure. Well, I’ve been looking at … .
 On the face of it, … .
 It’s worth looking a bit more closely at … .
 So, if I understand you correctly … .
 Right. I see what you are getting at.
1
 I am going to sit on the fence with this issue.
 There are some other things I’d like to mention.
 Finally, I’d like to draw your attention to … .
 Okay, thanks. Could you just sum up?
 Well, my feeling is that … .
 What is your position on ... ?
 May I take a point?
 Could I come in here?
2
 Is it possible to strike a happy medium in this case?
 Certainly.
 Please do.
 Thank you, your advice is always welcome.
1
2
В этом вопросе я намереваюсь занять выжидательную позицию.
Можно ли найти золотую середину в этом случае?
158
Making a Decision
In coming to a decision, consider the following points:
 What an educated investor should bear in mind when investing in
stocks.
 The message given by the annual report of a company.
 What a balance sheet of a company can tell a wise investor.
What other factors should be discussed?
Your decision:
159
3.9 GRAMMAR BACK UP
PRACTICE WITH PASSIVE VOICE
AND RELATIVE CLAUSES
LEAD-IN
Exercise 1
Task 1. Familiarize yourself with the text and explain the use of
the passive voice. Consult the Grammar notes below.
Translate the text into Russian. Supply it with the suitable
title.
Hector Grant, Managing Director, is worried about productivity.
He has decided to engage consultants, who are specialists in work
study techniques, to see how efficiency and output can be improved
by Harper & Grant. Any good management is keen to improve
efficiency, but nowadays this has become a largely specialised field,
and outside consultants who are experienced in particular
techniques can be called in to study work systematically and suggest
improvements and ways of stepping up, increasing, productivity.
When this applies to manual work it is usually called work study,
and the idea is to find out the most efficient way of doing something
before the formulation of piece rates or incentive bonus schemes.
The study of office systems and paperwork is usually called O. &
M. (Organisation and Methods). Work study could, of course, be
applied to routine office jobs, such as invoice typing.
Mr. Grant has decided to call in a firm called Smith-Weston
Consultants Ltd. Their representative, Mr. Scott, is present at a
meeting called by Mr. Grant to explain the service to his executives.
Mr. Grant thinks that production methods on the factory floor could
be improved, but he has never considered that a check on efficiency
might run from the top to the bottom of the firm.
Task 2. Turn the given situation into a possible dialogue
between Hector Grant and one of his colleagues.
160
PRACTICE WITH PASSIVE VOICE
Ask yourself these questions when checking passive voice.
1. How do we form passive verbs?
a. In an “active” sentence, the subject performs the action. In a
“passive” sentence, the subject receives the action.
Active: Economists study different sides of the economy.
Passive: Different sides of the economy are studied by economists.
b. The rules for choosing tenses in the passive are the same as in
the active. Study the following possible word orders for passive
voice.
TENSE
Present Simple
STRUCTURE
am/is/are + PP1
EXAMPLE
The annual report is examined not only by the
shareholders.
Present
Continuous
am/is/are being + PP
Now the annual report is being examined by the
shareholders .
Simple Past
was/were + PP
The annual report wasn’t examined carefully then.
Past
Continuous
was/were being + PP The report was being examined when we came.
Present Perfect have/has been + PP
Some new equipment has been ordered by the
company lately.
Past Perfect
had been + PP
I knew why the annual report had been examined.
Future Simple
will be + PP
You will be told when the time comes.
Future Perfect
will have been = PP
Everything will have been done by Monday.
MODALS
modal + be + verb in the past participle
Active: The manager should sign these contracts today.
1
PP = Past Participle.
161
Passive: These contracts should be signed by the manager today.
MODALS + PERFECT
modal + have + been + verb in the past participle
Active: Somebody should have informed the chairman about the
results.
Passive: The chairman should have been informed about the
results.
Exercise 1
Choose the correct form: active or passive.
6. Society often (is measured/measures) success in terms of
money.
7. Countries also (try/are tried) to measure the success of their
national economies.
8. Each time a new product (sold/is sold), GDP increases.
9. Outside consultants (can call/can be called) in to study work
systematically.
10. The study of office systems and paperwork (calls/is called) O.
& M. (Organisation and Methods).
11. Some economists (may study/may be studied) changes in the
unemployment rate.
12. We think productivity (could increase/could be increased) as
a result of our proposed activities.
13. Microeconomists (use/are used) various methods to measure
the performance of the economy.
14. GDP (is included/includes) only goods sold for the first time.
15. If the survey (conducts/is conducted) in conjunction with the
scheme, it’ll suit us.
16. The factory (produces/is produced) millions of cars every year
and most of them (export/are exported).
17. Pensioners (have given/have been given) a new pay rise by the
government. The news (announced/was announced) earlier
today.
162
2. When do we use the passive?
a. We use the passive when we do not know or it is not so
important who or what does / did the action.
Euros can be changed into roubles at the bank.
The dividends are paid twice a year.
b. If we want to say who did or what caused the action, we use by
or with.
by + agent / method
GDP can be determined by different methods.
The book “The General Theory of Employment, Interest and
Money” was written by Keynes and published in 1936.
with + instrument / material
The manager’s desk was covered with papers.
These photos were taken with a very cheap camera.
Exercise 2
Complete the sentences with by or with.
1. New businesses were formed ______ entrepreneurs, seeing the
opportunity for profit.
2. The information was supplied ______ leading indicators,
embracing the number of workers employed, construction
activity, and the formation of new businesses.
3. The delivery bay was covered ______ final goods.
4. All the decisions were made ______ government planners and
base on their expectations of future economic performance.
5. The rate of return on investment for the stock was determined
______ our agent.
6. We tried to evaluate the performance of the investment company
______ the statement of stockholder’s equity and income
statement.
163
7. Analyzing a national economy involves factors, which cannot be
measured ______ data.
8. The chart, which reported the income the company received from
sales, was commented ______ a chief accountant.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences putting the verbs in brackets in the
passive form.
1. I _______ in this sample survey enormously. (to interest)
2. Not every good or service produced or sold during the year can
_______. (to count)
3. When goods _______ (1), no wealth _______ (2).
(1. to resell; 2. to create)
4. GDP is a standard by which the economy as a whole can
_______. (to judge)
5. The payments left $1 million which _______ (1) to reserves in
order _______ back into business. (1. to transfer; 2. to put)
6. Explain why an investor should _______ in the balance sheet of
the company he wants to invest in. (to interest)
7. Last year $29 million _______ back from investments and
GKN’s share of profits in related companies. (to add)
8. At 10 a.m. the Managing Director found that mail _______
correctly. (not to sort)
9. I regret to say that an important letter cannot _______ in the
file. (to find)
10. Recently everyone _______ on group rates as a spur to
productivity. (to put)
11. We couldn’t use the computer yesterday morning. It _______
(to repair) at that time.
12. By the time I arrived at the office there were no fill-in forms
left. They _______. (all/to use)
13. We didn’t discuss the results of O. & M. and work study
because they _______ (not/to complete) yet.
14. I couldn’t evaluate the performance of the new manager last
Monday. He _______ (to interview) by the Managing Director
from 10 a.m. till 2 p.m.; and at 3 I had to leave.
164
3. Should verbs be followed by only one object?
a. Verbs give, send, lend, offer, show, pay, teach, promise,
refuse, tell, and some others, can have two objects.
Someone sent us(A) the annual (B) report of GKN.
In cases like these we can make two different passive sentences.
(A) We were sent the annual report of GKN.
(B) The annual report of GKN was sent to us.
Note that it is more usual for passive sentences to begin with the
person.
b. Verbs explain, suggest, dictate, announce, etc. which must be
followed by a to-object cannot be used in structure A.
The rule was explained to us. (Not: We were explained the rule.)
Exercise 4
Rewrite these sentences in the passive. Translate them into
Russian.
to announce – объявлять
to attribute – приписывать
to communicate – сообщать
to declare – объявлять
to deliver – поставлять/сдавать
to describe – описывать
to explain – объяснять
to introduce – представлять
(знакомить)
to propose – предлагать
to prove – доказывать
to read – читать
to repeat – повторять
to ship – отгружать
to submit – представлять (документы)
to suggest – предлагать
to write – писать
Model:
e.g. This plan was suggested to us by him.
1. He suggested this plan to us.
2. Here is the letter of guarantee which they submitted to us.
3. They will deliver the goods to our agents at the end of the week.
165
4. – What did the Chief Accountant explain to you at the last
meeting? – He explained the use of the company’s return on
sales to us.
5. They will announce to us the information on the company’s
stock, namely the number of shares outstanding and issued, at
the annual meeting.
6. The management attribute part of the total profit expected from
long-term contracts to reserves.
7. When we came, the secretary had already read that extract from
the Managing Director’s report to Mr. Martin.
8. We have already repeated detailed instructions to the executives
and told them to fulfil everything at once.
9. They submitted the list of extraordinary items to the
management.
10. Mr. Ortega said that they would have shipped the goods to us
before the director of the rival company left.
11. The contractors were proving the cause of the damage to us
when the unexpected news came.
12. They will have introduced Mr. Thunder to us before they agree
upon the sale of Steelstock.
13. You must declare this camera to the Customs.
14. They could have suggested this idea to you. Thus you could
have avoided a lot of trouble.
15. You needn’t explain this to anyone.
4. Is only one passive form possible?
a. When we talk about what other people say, believe, expect, ...
etc. we can use two possible passive forms.
Compare:
Active: People say that Mr. Ross is a millionaire.
Passive I: It + passive + that + clause
It is said that Mr. Ross is a millionaire.
Passive II: Subject + passive + to infinitive
Mr. Ross is said to be a millionaire.
166
These passive forms are often used in a formal style and with verbs:
acknowledge, believe, expect, report, think,
allege, claim, know, say, understand
It is known that annual reports are divided into two sections.
Annual reports are known to be divided into two sections.
It is expected that a new law will be introduced next year.
A new law is expected to be introduced next year.
b. When the belief, etc. refers to an earlier action, we use to have +
PP. Compare:
It is believed that the decline in production started last month.
The decline in production is believed to have started last month.
Exercise 5
A. Translate the following sentences into Russian. Mind the
prepositions in phrasal verbs.
1.
The statement of stockholders’ investment is suspicious, it
cannot be relied upon.
2.
Minority shareholders are well taken care of by GKN.
3.
Why was a chart of financial highlights laughed at?
4.
The Managing Director is always listened to with great
interest.
5.
The Sales Manager has never been spoken to like that.
6.
The income statement is very well spoken of.
7.
The Chief Accountant who was immediately sent for said that
this amount must have been added twice in the balance sheet.
8.
The Security Officer’s warning was not taken notice of.
167
9.
I should like to read the statement of account referred to by
Mr. D.
10. This subject will be dealt with at the next meeting.
11. The General Manager promised that the matter would be
looked into.
12. The time of shipment has been agreed upon.
13. As an agreement had not been arrived at, the dispute was
decided by arbitration.
14. The car components were disposed of by auction.
15. The clause proposed by the Board of Directors was objected to
by the shareholders.
B. Translate the following sentences into English. Make use of
the Passive:
1. На членов правления смотрели с большим интересом, когда
они появились перед вкладчиками.
2. Послали ли уже за выпиской со счета?
3. На активы и пассивы компании часто ссылаются.
4. Об оценке на основе анализа доходов и расходов очень
много говорят.
5. На оценку на основе анализа товарно-материальных потоков
можно положиться.
6. Мистер Грант уверен, что его ежегодное послание
вкладчикам компании будут слушать с большим
вниманием.
7. Когда он сказал, что акции этой компании – хорошее
капиталовложение, над ним смеялись.
8. Мы надеемся, что снижению доходов с продаж скоро будет
положен конец.
9. Поскольку к соглашению не удалось прийти, вкладчики
ушли.
10. Мы не сможем изменить условия, о которых договорились.
168
5. What is the meaning of the passive form to have something
done?
When we describe an action, which we (I, you, he, she, they)
arrange but don’t do ourselves, we use the passive form to have
smth. done:
subject + have / has / had + object + past participle
I had my suit cleaned at the dry cleaners.
We must have comparisons of the current year and the prior year’s
financial information included in the annual report.
I’m having my letter of application typed at the moment.
Note that we can also have smth. done when
– we do not arrange for someone else to do something for us;
I had my car stolen last month.
– something unpleasant or unexpected happens to someone.
Arnold had one of his teeth knocked out in a fight.
Get can be used in the same way as have in an informal style:
I must get my jacket cleaned.
Exercise 6
Rewrite these sentences using have + object + past participle,
changing some words if necessary.
e.g. Someone delivers the newspapers. (We)
– We have the newspapers delivered.
1. The computer is no good: we are changing it. (We)
2. I think it’s time to serve the car. (It’s time to)
3. We ask someone to check the accounts every month. (We)
4. Someone sends the money to my bank account in London. (I)
5. I don’t like the office curtains. It’s time to change them. (I think
I will)
6. He said it’s time to do a sample study. (I also think it’s time)
169
7. We want to find out the way to improve efficiency and output:
we are formulating piece rates and incentive bonus schemes.
(We)
8. Our boss has never considered that a check on efficiency might
run from the top to the bottom of the firm. (I think we must)
9. I sent the data to the specialists: they are being processed there
now. (I)
10. Someone does a research on the management side. (We)
Exercise 7
Choose the incorrect form or usage of the passive.
1. I wanted to interview by the head of the firm, but the personnel
(A)
(B)
manager was likely to sound out all the applicants first.
(C)
(D)
2. Can it be explained why final goods and services are
(A)
(B)
emphasising in measuring GDP?
(C)
(D)
3. What must to be included if GDP is figured by counting income?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
4. Mr. Grant now owns such a large proportion of the shares that he
will have to ask to join the Board.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5. Peter is much spoken about as he is the only person who thinks
(A)
(B)
that John must be maid director of the company.
(C)
(D)
6. If the order will be placed with them, it will be one of the largest
(A)
(B)
(C)
orders the firm has ever received.
(D)
7. To determine GDP information collected for every good or
(A)
(B)
(C)
service produced in the nation during a year.
(D)
170
8. Six million dollars was transmit to reserves for putting back into
(A)
(B) (C)
(D)
the business.
9. This work study survey was made with a group of consultants
(A)
(B)
who are known as specialists in work study techniques.
(C)
(D)
10. Those graphs were drawned with such pale lines that the
(A)
(B)
fluctuations could hardly be seen.
(C)
(D)
PRACTICE WITH RELATIVE CLAUSES
Ask yourself the following questions about relative clauses.
1. How do we form relative clauses?
a. A relative clause is used to form one sentence from two separate
sentences. The clause is doing exactly the same work as the
adjective. The relative pronoun replaces one of two identical
noun phrases and relates the clauses to each other. The relative
pronouns and their uses are listed here.
PRONOUN
USE IN FORMAL ENGLISH
that
things/people
which
things
who
people
whom
people
whose
usually people
Note: In speaking, that can be used for people, but not in formal
written English.
Methods that are used to measure the performance of the economy
are numerous.
171
Macroeconomists who measure the performance of the economy
use various methods.
It is a standard by which the economy as a whole can be judged.
This is the executive whom the chief told to accomplish the task.
I don’t like guests whose visits are time-consuming.
b. The relative pronoun completely replaces a duplicate noun
phrase. There can be no regular pronoun along with the relative
pronoun.
This is the book that I bought (it) at the bookstore.
c. Remember that a sentence with a relative clause can always be
reduced to two separate sentences, so each clause must contain a
verb.
duplicate noun phrase
We bought the mobile. The mobile had been advertised
at a reduced price.
We bought the mobile that had been advertised at a reduced price.
John is the man. We are going to recommend John for the post.
John is the man whom we are going to recommend for the
post.
Exercise 1
Join the following pairs of sentences together: make the second
sentence in each pair a relative clause of the first sentence.
Choose the correct pronoun (who, whose or which / that).
1. Economic growth is not a sufficient condition on its own to
ensure an increase in economic welfare. Economic growth is a
necessary condition for economic development.
2. We threw out the computer. It never worked properly.
3. Many people travelled west to seek their fortune. The California
Gold Rush didn’t bring wealth to them.
4. Development can be determined by various criteria. The criteria
relate to poverty, inequality and unemployment.
5. Analysing a national economy involves many factors. Some of
these factors cannot be measured by data.
172
6. Microeconomics is the part of economics. It analyses specific
data affecting an economy.
7. Statistics measure GDP. Gross domestic product is the value of
all goods and services produced for sale during a year.
8. Checking accounts are very common now. The checking
accounts require a minimum balance.
9. The accountant is not here today. You spoke to the accountant
yesterday.
10. John has received a scholarship. John’s grades are the highest in
the school.
11. Frank is the man. We are going to nominate Frank for the office
of treasurer.
12. The director of the program is planning to retire next year. The
director graduated from Harvard University.
2. What is the reason for the use or omission of commas in
relative clauses?
There are two kinds of relative clauses in the written language:
a. Relative clauses without commas provide essential information
about the subject or object:
– What kind of government would be popular?
– The government which promises to cut taxes.
b. Relative clauses with commas provide additional information,
which can be omitted.
The government, which will be popular, promises to cut taxes.
The inclusion or omission of commas may seriously affect the
meaning of the sentence.
Exercise 2
Add commas (,) where necessary.
1. The question ___ that is bound to come up during the discussion
___ will help us to see the problem.
2. Mr. Hardiman ___ who is an elderly man ___ is now redundant.
173
3. Bob Hardiman ___ who had left the company to look after his
father ___ rejoined Harper & Grant Ltd. after his father’s death.
4. The contribution ___ which Mr. Hardiman had paid into the
pension fund ___ gave him the right to qualify for a pension.
5. Mr. Nelson ___ who is due to retire ___ is entitled to a full
pension.
6. The people ___ who live next door ___ helped my father to find
retraining courses.
7. Interest on bank borrowings and other loans ___ that we paid
___ left $1 million, and we can transfer it to reserves.
8. A friend of mine ___ whose father is the manager of the
company ___ helped me to get a job.
9. The population of London ___ which was once the largest city
of the world ___ is now falling.
10. The first category of statistics ___ that make up the composite
index of leading economic indicators ___ is employment.
3. Which relative pronouns do we use in place of noun or
pronoun subjects, or a whole sentence?
a. Who and that (we generally prefer who) can be used in place of
noun subjects or subject pronouns when we relate to people.
When they refer to the subject they cannot normally be omitted.
The officials listened to the lecturer.
He evaluated the performance of the firm.
The officials listened to the lecturer who evaluated the
performance of the firm.
Who must be used in such clauses: that is not possible.
The lecturer is expected to evaluate the performance of the firm.
He is reported to be very experienced.
The lecturer, who is reported to be very experienced, is expected
to evaluate the performance of the firm.
b. Relative pronouns which can be used with reference to things
and animals are which and that used in place of the subject
174
pronouns it or they. When which / that refer to the subject, they
cannot be omitted.
These are the data which / that show personal consumption
expenditures.
Which or that are possible in the defining relative clause.
The rates of growth decreased. They were discussed at the
conference.
The rates of growth which / that decreased were discussed
at the conference.
Which must be used in such clauses: that is not possible:
The final goods are now ready for delivery. They were ordered
a week ago.
The final goods, which are now ready for delivery, were ordered
a week ago.
c. We can use which to refer back to a whole clause. Compare:
They decided to invest some money in stocks. This was very wise
of them.
They decided to invest some money in stocks, which was very
wise of them.
Exercise 3
a. Complete the sentences using who, that or which, but only
where necessary – leave a blank if possible. In one sentence
two answers are possible.
1. We examined the articles of the pension fund … stated the
conditions of employment with the company.
2. The pension fund accounts ... we examined were impeccable.
3. He’s lost the chances ... retraining gave him.
4. Peter, ... has only been with the company for a few years, can
make full use of the workers.
5. Where are the data ... measure the amount of work you have
done?
175
6. This is the application ... came in today’s post.
7. If the shares ... Mr. Harper owns are bought by a rival firm, the
present set-up could change completely.
8. The chairman, ... is an elderly man, feels very tired.
9. A customer is someone ... buys something from a shop.
10. Macroeconomics is the branch of economics ... analyses
interrelationship among sectors of economy.
b. Choose the only correct variant.
1. … to settle on any subject with … in common.
(A) Either of them was quite unable … which they had at least
something
(B) Neither of them was quite unable … which they had at last
anything
(C) Either of them was rather unable … what they had anything
(D) Both of them were not able … that they had something
2. We do not know … .
(A) it is good till we do not have it lost
(B) which is good until we will have lost it
(C) that is good till we will not have it lost
(D) what is good until we have lost it
3. She was looking forward to … quickly.
(A) telling them all she had seen and done which made her days pass
(B) saying them all she had seen and done what made her days pass
(C) tell all she had seen and done which made her days to pass
(D) saying all she saw and did that’s why her days seemed
4. I couldn’t remember the number of my own car … .
(A) what made the police suspect me
(B) that had made the police be suspicious
(C) and the police was made suspicious
(D) which made the police suspicious
5. The passenger was very rude to the customs officer, … .
(A) which of course made things worse
(B) what no doubt made things worse
(C) and that made things even worser
(D) what certainly worsened things
176
6. She expects … the house … is impossible.
(A) me cleaning … in a half of an hour which
(B) me to clean … in half an hour which
(C) that I will clean … in an hour and a half what
(D) my cleaning … in an hour and a half that
4. What is the difference in use between who and whom?
a. Who is used when the noun phrase being replaced is in the
subject position of the sentence. Whom is used when it is from
the object position.
Note: In speech, whom is rarely used, but it should be used when
appropriate in formal written English.
R e m e m b e r the following rule:
...who + verb ...
... whom + noun...
The men are engaged in accomplishing the task. The men are
at the reception.
The men who are engaged in accomplishing the task are at the
reception.
The men are engaged in accomplishing the task. I don’t like the
men.
The men whom I don’t like are engaged in accomplishing the
task.
b. We also use the form whom after a preposition. In this case, the
preposition should also be moved to the position before whom in
formal written English.
The men are engaged in accomplishing the task. The customer is
talking to the men.
The men to whom the customer is talking are engaged in
accomplishing the task.
However, if the preposition is part of a combination, it may
remain with the verb.
177
Exercise 4
Choose one of the two variants.
1. A check is a written order to a bank to pay a certain amount of
money to the person or business to who/whom the check is
made.
2. This is the executive to who/whom the expert explained how to
accomplish the task.
3. It would also include individuals in junior managerial or professional jobs, many of who/whom could expect to earn
considerably more as their career progressed.
4. If you know that your grandmother, who/whom loves rye bread,
is coming to visit you, you might want to get some for her.
5. The customers who/whom buy this “loss leader” can decide to
buy a few other things they need.
5. With which words do we use relative clauses of time, place
and reason?
a. Relative clauses of time, place and reason are possible in which
when, where and why are used in place of relative pronouns.
They can also replace words like the time, the place and the
reason. Though we can say the time when, the place where and
the reason why(that), we cannot say “the way how”.
1989 was the year when net exports of goods increased.
1989, the year when net exports of goods increased, is referred
to in the article.
This is the place where new workers are hired to increase
production.
“Bell & Co”, where new workers are hired to increase production,
advertises job openings.
That is the reason why (for which) it is so time-consuming.
My success in business, the reason why (for which) he dislikes
me, has been due to hard work.
(The reason cannot be omitted before why.)
178
Exercise 5
a. Complete the sentences using where, when or why / that.
1. Did Peter tell Jan the reason _______ he wanted to save old Mr.
Hardy from redundancy?
2. Do you remember the time _______ there were no computers?
3. The introduction of computers in typesetting was a time
_______ many workers lost their jobs.
4. The room _______ we checked Mr. Buckhurst pension fund
accounts was very small.
5. The pension fund meeting _______ you want to see Mr. Grant
is due to be held shortly.
6. Is there a reason ____ the firm will be in trouble in case of a
takeover?
7. What is the name of the company _______ Mr. Grant ordered a
productivity study?
8. I don’t understand the reason ______ he referred to a previous
letter.
9. Did she mention the reason _______ she agreed to piece rates?
10. Is there a time _______ we can refer to a previous letter?
b. Identify the one underlined word, phrase or punctuation
mark that must be changed in order for the sentence to be
correct.
1. The expert, who was engaged in work study , was talking to
(A)
(B)
the Sales Manager who’s report contained a lot of doubtful
(C)
(D)
information.
2. If the contractor’s goals are improvements and ways of stepping
up productivity, he should be interested in a firm what has
(A)
(B) (C)
consistently made impressive work study surveys.
(D)
179
3. Analysing a national economy involves factors, some of that
(A)
(B)
cannot be measured by data.
(C)
(D)
4. GDP is known to be the value of goods and services which
(A) (B) (C)
(D)
produced for sale during one year.
5. Not everything produced is counted. The types of products
(A)
counted are limited with some factors.
(B)
(C) (D)
6. Being deducted from the income, salaries, advertising and
(A)
(B)
maintenance, that are operating costs, total the profit or loss.
(C)
(D)
7. The second part of the annual report is filled with charts and
(A)
(B)
graphs who, however, gives a clear picture of the company’s
(C)
(D)
performance.
8. What I like to know is if there is any reason that the annual
(A)
(B)
(C)
report should be studied so careful.
(D)
9. The annual report is a message to the stockholders from
corporate management which tells the stockholders the
(A)
company’s financial status at the end of the fiscal year and
what planned by the management.
(B) (C) (D)
10. The balance sheet is a chart that includes the assets and
(A)
liabilities of the company and the company should
(B)
have the balance sheet to do carefully.
(C)
(D)
180
11. The annual reports of the companies, which are bankrupt,
(A)
should have been studied carefully and the investors could have
(B)
(C)
avoided a lot of problems.
(D)
12. The second part of the annual report has the balance sheet, the
(A)
income statement and the equity included, what can be used to
(B)
(C)
(D)
determine whether a corporation is profitable.
Exercise 8
Render the following into English:
– Что меня интересует, это есть ли причина тому, чтобы
изучать годовой отчет столь внимательно?
– Хороший вопрос. Я бы хотел обратить ваше внимание на
то, что способность прочитать годовой отчет включает многие
факторы, часть которых нельзя измерить цифрами.
– Что Вы имеете в виду?
– Годовой отчет – это послание руководства корпорации
держателям ее акций, которое сообщает им о финансовом
положении компании в конце финансового года и о том, что
планируется руководством компании.
– Можно вставить слово?
– Пожалуйста.
– С такой информацией можно принимать продуманные
решения. Следовало бы изучать годовые отчеты компанийброкеров внимательно, и вкладчики избежали бы многих
проблем. Я хотел бы знать о некоторых деталях в структуре
годового отчета.
– Я к Вашим услугам. Известно, что годовой отчет делится
на два раздела. Первый, который содержит письмо вкладчикам
от руководителя компании, сопровождается таблицей основных
181
финансовых данных компании и обзором организационной
структуры компании.
– Простите за то, что вмешиваюсь, но включаются ли какиенибудь статистические данные о деятельности компании в этот
раздел годового отчета?
– Вне всякого сомнения. Вторая часть годового отчета привлекает наше внимание потому, что она полна графиков и
таблиц, что тем не менее дает ясную картину о деятельности
компании. Эта часть имеет в своем составе балансовый отчет,
отчет о прибылях и убытках и отчет об акционерном капитале
(количестве находящихся в обращении и еще не выпущенных
на рынок ценных бумагах), что можно использовать для
определения прибыльности компании.
– Безусловно, балансовый отчет у компании должен быть
сделан тщательно.
– Да, конечно. Балансовый отчет – это таблица, которая
включает активы и пассивы компании. В нем представлена
картина финансов компании за прошлый год.
– Я могу исправить одну маленькую деталь?
– Продолжайте.
– Именно отчет о прибылях и убытках показывает доходы и
расходы компании за год. С помощью этой таблицы
отчитываются о доходе, полученном компанией от продаж,
процентов и других источников.
– А эксплуатационные расходы вычитаются из дохода?
– После вычета из дохода заработной платы, расходов на рекламу, эксплуатацию оборудования, которые являются
эксплуатационными затратами, получают в итоге прибыль или
убыток.
182
Glossary
accomplish v
add v
approach n
approach v
earnings-and-cost
approach
flow-of-product
approach
asset n
pl
assets
avoid v
contract v
contraction n
equity n
to success in doing; finish successfully;
achieve
1. to put together with something else so as
to increase the number, size, importance,
etc.
2. to join (numbers, amounts, etc.) so as to
find the total
1. the act of approaching
2. a way of getting in
3. a method of doing something or dealing
with a problem
1. to come near or nearer (to) I space, time,
quality, or quantity
2. to begin or consider to deal with
a method of calculating GDP that counts the
money received for production.
a method of calculating GDP that counts the
value of goods and services received
the property of a person, company, etc. that
has value
anything of value owned by a business that
can be used to produce goods, pay liabilities,
etc.
1. to keep away from or keep out of the way
of, esp. on purpose
2. to prevent something from happening , or
stop oneself from doing something
to (cause to) become smaller, narrower, or
shorter
the process of contracting
1. ordinary shares on which no fixed amount
of interest is paid;
2. ordinary share capital (risk capital) of a
company
183
entrepreneur v
a person who starts a company or arranges
for a piece of work to be done, and take
business risks in the hope of making a profit
exaggerate v
to say or believe more than the truth about
something; make (something) seem larger,
better, or worse, etc. than it really is
1. concerned with making or carrying out
decisions, esp. in business
2. a person in an executive position
executive n, adj
gross adj
falling in value; progressive decline in real
value of an asset because of use or
obsolescence
1. last; coming at the end
2. (of a decision, offer, etc.) that cannot be
changed
total
gross domestic
product (GDP)
the total value of goods or services produced
in a country
gross private
domestic investment
the total value of investments made in a
country
highlights n (pl)
an important, noticeable, or special part of
something bigger, e.g. of a performance,
sporting event or activity of a company
household n
all the people in a family or group who live
together in a house.
indicator n
a fact, quality, or situation that indicates
something
depreciation n
final adj
leading economic
indicators
indicators that rise or fall before a major
change in economic activity
lagging economic
indicators
indicators that rise or fall after a major change
in economic activity
184
coincident economic indicators that change at about the same time
that shifts occur in economic activity
indicators
liability n
pl
liabilities
1. the condition of being liable
2. something for which one is responsible
for
3. the amount of debt that must be paid
measure n
1. an action taken to bring about a certain
result
2. an amount or quality
3. an amount or unit in a measuring system
measure v
to find the size, length, amount, degree, etc.
of (something) in standard units
net adj
(of an amount) when nothing further is to be
subtracted
net n
after-tax profit
performance n
1. the action or manner of carrying out an
activity, piece of work, etc.
2. the ability of a person or machine to do
something well
3. productivity
the action of making or manufacturing from
components or raw materials, or the process
of being so manufactured
The resources needed to produce goods and
services. Factors of production include land,
labor, and capital.
money gained by trade or business
advantage gained from some action
1. a written statement that one has received
money or goods
2. the fact of receiving
production n
factors of
production
profit n
receipt n
185
receipts
salary n
pl
statement n
tax n
total n
total adj
total value
total v
transfer n
transfer v
transfer payments
money received by a business, bank, etc
money, usu. Paid directly into one’s bank
account once a month, that one receives as
payment from the company or organization
one works for
1. something that is stated; a written or
spoken declaration, esp. of a formal kind
2. a list showing amounts of money paid,
received, owing, etc. and their total
3. expression in words
an amount of money which must be paid to
the government, according to income,
property goods bought, etc.
a number or quantity obtained as a result of
addition; complete amount
1. complete; absolute
2. being a total; considered as a complete
amount
a complete amount
1. to be when added up
2. to find the total of; add up
1. an act or process of transferring
2. someone or something that has transferred
3. legal movement of something (e.g.
property, shares etc.) from one owner to
another
to move from one place, job, position, etc. to
another
Money that one person or group gives to
another even though the receiver has not
provided a specific good or service. Gifts,
inheritances, and aid to the poor are
examples of transfer payments.
186
Topics for presentations:
1. A nation’s economy. GDP
2. Economic indicators.
3. The ways to measure changes in the nation’s economy
4. The annual report of a CEO
5. The balance sheet
6. The income statement
7. Work study techniques
8. O. & M. (Organisation and Method)
9. Incentive payments schemes
10. Critical path analysis
11. Ways to improve efficiency and output
12. National income accounting
13. Transfer payments
Topics for essays
 The state should not intervene in the economy through the
provision of subsidies.
 Transfer payments intervene in the economy.
187
4
OVERVIEW OF MONEY,
BANKING & MONETARY POLICY
Contents
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Section overview
Developing vocabulary
Money: Role, Forms, Functions
Understanding the reading
Reviewing the concept
Lead-in
Language Input
Background Information
Comprehension
4.5 Speaking & Writing
Language focus
Language in context
Presenting information
Communication skills
4.6 Dialogue
4.7 Reading for Cross-cultural
Associations
4.8 Case Study & Role-play
4.9 Grammar Back up
188
Saying numbers: Money
Fill-in exercises
Writing Reports
Making Power Point presentations
The Forms of Money
Money & Banking
Financing a Car Loan
Practice with Reported Speech
4.1 LEAD-IN
SECTION OVERVIEW
Money is necessary in most economies. It serves as a means of
exchange, a store of value, and a standard of value. Currency, used
in modern societies, fulfills these functions. In addition to currency,
people may use checks and credit cards to purchase goods and
services. Savings accounts, stocks, and bonds are stores of value
that can easily be exchanged for money. All of these forms of
money and near money help the economy run smoothly.
Discuss the following questions, make use of the prompts in
brackets:
1. Why is money so important in our society? What gives it value?
(to compare the value; barter; to be exchanged for smth.; to solve
the problem)
2. Does the fluctuations in the economy’s money supply influence
how much spending occurs?
(to change; the increase; the decrease; to affect; to be complex)
VOCABULARY
прибавлять, присоединять
Это увеличивает расход.
мат. складывать
add v (up)
складывать, подсчитывать,
подытоживать; находить сумму
We just added all the
Мы просто сложили все и
numbers up and divided one
поделили одно на другое.
by the other.
add v (up to)
сводиться (к чему-л.); означать,
представлять собой
Their fortune adds up to two
Их состояние составляет два
million.
миллиона.
advance n
аванс, авансирование; ссуда,
заем
add v (to)
This adds to the expense.
189
денежная ссуда
беспроцентная ссуда
до, заблаговременно
предварительное
уведомление
A time deposit is a bank
Срочный вклад – это банковdeposit that can be withdrawn
ский депозит, по которому
on advance notice.
средства можно получить после
предварительного уведомления.
advance payment
авансовый платеж; досрочная
выплата
borrow v (of, from)
занимать деньги; брать взаймы;
получать заем
You could borrow some
Ты можешь занять денег у
money from your uncle
дяди, и ему не надо платить
without paying interest.
проценты.
to borrow at interest
занимать деньги под процент
bond n
облигация; закладная;
долговое обязательство
Insurance policies, stocks,
Страховые полисы, ценные
and bonds are stores of value
бумаги и облигации являются
and can be exchanged for
носителями стоимости и могут
money.
быть обменены на деньги.
деньги (обычно наличные деньги;
currency n
монеты, банкноты); деньги в
обращении; валюта; денежная
единица; денежное обращение
Money in the form of paper
Деньги в форме бумажных
bills and metal coins is
банкнот и металлических монет
called currency.
называются деньгами в
обращении.
the supply of currency
денежное предложение
The supply of currency is
Денежное предложение на
only about $700 per capita.
душу населения составляет
всего лишь $700.
money advance
advance free of interest
in advance
advance notice
190
But: personal supply of
денежное обеспечение
money
физических лиц
сheck n
чек
A check is a written order to
Чек – это письменный приказ
a bank to pay a certain
банку выплатить
amount of money to the
определенную сумму денег
person or business to whom
тому физическому или
the check is made.
юридическому лицу, на чье
имя он выписан.
checking account
чековый счет; текущий счет
(в банке)
Most money is in the form
Бо́льшая часть денег
of checking accounts.
содержится на чековых счетах
в банке (США).
deposit n
вклад; депозит; взнос
demand deposit
депозит до востребования;
бессрочный вклад; текущий
счет
Checking accounts are also
Чековые счета так же
known as demand deposits,
известны, как вклады до
because their owners have
востребования, так как их
the right to demand them
владельцы имеют право
from the bank whenever
требовать их, когда пожелают.
they wish.
time deposit
срочный депозит (вклад);
вклад на срок
Срочный вклад не может быть
A time deposit is an account
изъят из банка до истечения
that cannot be withdrawn
определенного срока или счет,
before a set date or for
для изъятия которого требуется
which notice of withdrawal
предварительное уведомление.
is required.
deposit v (with somebody/
внести; депонировать; давать на
smth., in a bank)
хранение
Fred had taken the wise step
Фред сделал правильный шаг,
of depositing the eighty
отдав восемьдесят фунтов на
191
pounds with his mother.
хранение своей матери.
to deposit money in a bank
внести деньги на банковский
account
счет
depositor n
депонент; вкладчик; владелец
банковского счета
fiat money
бумажные (декретные) деньги
(не обеспеченные золотом)
interest n
процент
interest rate (rate of
ставка процента
interest)
If all other factors are equal,
При равенстве всех прочих
your choice will depend on
факторов ваш выбор будет
which source will charge the
зависеть от того, где будет
lowest rate of interest.
взиматься самая низкая
процентная ставка.
compound interest
сложный процент
It is important to understand
Важно понимать два основных
the two basic methods of
метода начисления процентов
figuring interest – simple
– простой и сложный.
and compound.
insurance policy
страховой полис
legal tender
законное платежное средство
The only legal tender in
Единственное законное
the US is currency.
платежное средство в США –
это деньги в обращении.
loan n
заем; ссуда
loan v
давать взаймы, одалживать,
ссужать (кому-либо – to)
Money which has been
Деньги, взятые
loaned to city councils by
муниципальным советом у
the central government can
центрального правительства,
be repaid at a low rate of
возвращаются с небольшими
interest.
процентами.
to finance a loan
финансировать заем
to repay a loan
уплачивать, погашать заем
192
средство обращения (обмена)
В качестве средства обращения
деньги используются для того,
чтобы обмениваться на товары
и услуги.
денежная масса - количество
money supply
денег в обращении, предложение
денег (количество денег на
определенную дату, которое
имеется в наличии для сделок и
инвестиций в экономике)
near money, syn. quasi-money денежная масса - количество
денег в обращении, предложение
денег (количество денег на
определенную дату, которое
имеется в наличии для сделок и
инвестиций в экономике)
Economists call things used
Экономисты называют то, что
for some, but not all, of the
выполняет некоторые, но не
functions of money near
все функции денег, денежными
money.
суррогатами.
percentage
процент; доля, выраженная в
процентах; содержание (в
процентах)
means of exchange
As a means of exchange
money is used to trade for
goods and services.
annual percentage rate
(APR)
ставка процента в годовом
исчислении
stock n
акция; доля акций, амер. акции;
акционерный капитал (=. joint
stock); основной капитал;
фонды
value n
What is used as money often
has little value of its own.
стоимость, цена
То, что используется в качестве
денег, само по себе имеет
незначительную стоимость.
нарицательная цена,
номинальная стоимость
face value, Syn: nominal
value
193
Even a coin containing
valuable metal may be
considered fiat currency if its
face value is higher than its
market value as metal.
intrinsic value
Money made legal tender by
a government decree is
known as fiat money or
money without intrinsic
value.
monetary value
Often the value you place on
an item will differ from its
monetary value.
standard of value
As a standard of value
money is used to compare
the worth of one product
with that of another.
store of value
As a store of value people
use money to save their
wealth for the future.
value v
withdraw v
Time deposits can’t be
withdrawn using a check.
withdrawal n
Деньгами,
не
имеющими
обеспечения, может считаться
даже монета из ценного
металла, если ее номинальная
стоимость ниже, чем рыночная
стоимость металла, из которого
она состоит.
действительная стоимость,
реальная стоимость
Деньги, ставшие законным
платежным средством согласно
декрету
правительства,
известны,
как
декретные
деньги,
или
деньги,
не
имеющие реальной стоимости.
денежная стоимость
Часто ценность предмета
лично для вас отличается от
его стоимости в денежном
выражении.
стандарт или мера стоимости
В качестве меры стоимости
деньги используются, чтобы
сравнивать ценность одного
товара с ценностью другого.
средство накопления
богатства
Люди используют деньги в
качестве средство накопления
богатства, чтобы сохранять
свое богатство на будущее.
оценивать, производить оценку,
устанавливать цену (в денежном
эквиваленте)
отзывать; изымать; снимать со
счета
Деньги со срочного депозита
нельзя снимать чеком.
изъятие; изъятие денег со счета
194
DEVELOPING VOCABULARY
4.2.1 Consult a dictionary and practise the pronunciation of the
following words:
advance notice
allow
bushel
consumer
currency
demand
deposit
depositor
determine
diverse
fiat money
financial intermediary
forgery
halfpenny
insurance policy
intrinsic value
legal record
legal tender
monetary value
monitory letter
obvious
percentage
precious
purchaser
reverse
smoothly
standard
twopence
withdrawal
195
4.2.2 Match the English word combinations in the left-hand
column with the Russian equivalents in the right-hand
column:
1. to accept as payment for
sоmething
2. to be withdrawn at a certain
time in the future or on
advance notice
3. to repay a loan
4. to be exchanged for goods and
services
5. to compare the worth of
something with something
6. money supply
7. the supply of currency
8. a store of value
9. checking account
10. a standard of value
11. time deposit
12. near money
13. to borrow money from
somebody
14. insurance policy
15. demand deposit
16. to make a withdrawal using a
check
17. a written order to a bank
18. savings account
19. to keep a percentage of bank’s
demand deposits in reserve
20. to provide a legal record of
financial transactions
21. to reverse the process of
expansion
22. legal tender
a. текущий (чековый) счёт, с которого
снимаются деньги по чекам клиента
b. хранить в резерве определенный
процент банковских депозитов до
востребования
c. сберегательный счет
d. счет «до востребования» (текущий)
e. сравнивать стоимость чего-либо
с чем-либо
f. занимать деньги у кого-либо
g. отменять процесс расширения
h. законное платежное средство
i. денежное предложение
j. денежные суррогаты, квазиденьги
k. обмениваться на товары и услуги
l. страховой полис
m. предоставлять официальную запись
финансовых операций
n. средство накопления богатства
o. денежная масса
p. погашать заем
q. письменный приказ банку
r. мера стоимости
s. снимать деньги в определенный
момент в будущем или по
предварительному уведомлению
t. осуществить снятие денег,
используя чек
u. принимать в качестве платежа за
что-либо
v. срочный депозит
196
4.3 READING
MONEY: ROLE, FORMS, FUNCTIONS
Most people use money every day. It is so common that many
people rarely think about why money is important and what gives it
value. In general, money is any item that is widely accepted as
payment for products. It is something people see and use almost
every day. Though money is commonplace, its forms and functions
are complex. The familiar paper bills and metal coins are only two
of the forms money can take. In the past, many things served as
money – beads, shells, dog’s teeth, cattle, stones, tobacco,
fishhooks, and even slaves. Precious metals, especially gold and
silver, have been a favorite form of money. Some of the things used
as money – fishhooks or cattle, for example, – also have had value
as consumer goods. Most of the items used as money, however,
have had value only because people agreed that they could be
exchanged for goods and services. In other words, what is used as
money often has little value of its own. Its value comes from the
product for which it can be exchanged.
In most modern economies money serves several functions. As a
means of exchange money is used to trade for goods and services.
Less complex societies often do not use money at all. They simply
barter, or trade, one product for another. Two farmers may trade a
bushel of wheat for a jar of milk, for example. The more complex a
country’s economy, the harder it is to use a system of trading one
good for another. Money is the answer to that problem.
As a store of value people use money to save their wealth for
the future. Storing goods is not so easy as storing money. Many
goods, such as food, spoil quickly. Others, such as cars, take up a lot
of space. But money can be kept in a bank or a safe or a pocketbook
until it is needed.
As a standard of value money is used to compare the worth of
one product with that of another. Everyone knows about how much
a dollar will buy. People can therefore compare the worth of one
197
$100 item with other items worth the same amount of money. The
value of all goods and services the economy produces can be
determined by adding up their prices. In this way, of course,
economists determine GDP.
State-issued money which is made legal tender by a government
decree is known as fiat money or money without intrinsic value. In
most countries, money comes in several forms. Money in the form
of paper bills and metal coins is called currency. For instance, the
supply of currency in the USA is only about $700 per capita.
Sometimes, time deposits also are considered a form of money.
Several other things are used like money. Economists call things
used for some, but not all, of the functions of money near money.
Credit cards, for example, allow a purchaser to borrow money from
the seller of the purchased goods. Insurance policies, stocks, and
bonds are stores of value and can be exchanged for money. They are
other examples of near money.
Money is very important in our society. As a store and a
standard of value and as a means of exchange, money helps the
economy run smoothly. We can judge the worth of such diverse
things as pets, paintings, medical care, and car washes. Then we can
compare their value using the amount they cost. The market system
determines how much money everything is worth. People whose
jobs are thought to be more important get higher salaries than those
whose jobs are considered less important. Thus, people often are
judged by how much money they earn.
You have your own beliefs about the value of goods, services,
jobs, and people. Often the value you place on an item will differ
from its monetary value. You may feel that some things are
priceless and others are not worth as much as they cost. Your own
values dictate what you are willing to do for pay.
198
4.4 COMPREHENSION
UNDERSTANDING THE READING
4.4.1 Give extensive answers to the questions. Use the following
expressions to start your answers:
It seems to me obvious/evident that … . It’s like this. You see …1
As far as I am able to judge … .
As I see it … .
It must be admitted that … .
It has been proved that … .
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
What means do people use to make purchases?
Are savings accounts, stocks, and bonds money? Why?
Why can’t market economy get along without money?
What does the value of money come from?
What are the functions of money in modern economies?
Is money used in all economies?
In what forms does money come?
In what way does near money differ from fiat money?
How can the importance of money in the economy be defined?
Why will the value you place on an item often differ from its
monetary value?
REVIEWING THE CONCEPT
4.4.2 Say whether these statements are true (T) or false (F), and
if they are false say why.
e.g. In my opinion it is true that … . / I’m afraid it is false that …
because….
TF
1. Money is an item that is accepted as payment for goods and
services.
TF
2. Money exists exclusively in the form of currency.
TF
3. In the past metal coins were the only form of money.
1
Значит, так ….
199
TF
4. The value of money equals the value of the product for
which money can be exchanged.
TF
5. The functions of money are: a) a means of exchange; b) a
store of value; c) a means of barter; d) a standard of value.
TF
6. Money doesn’t spoil quickly, that’s why we use it as a store
of value in order to compare the worth of one product with
that of another.
TF
7. People use money to save their wealth for the future. This
function of money is called a standard of value.
TF
8. Money also exists in the form of checking accounts and
time deposits.
TF
9. Not only credit cards but also stocks, bonds, coins and
insurance policies are called near money.
TF
10. We have the possibility to compare the value of different
items using the amount they cost.
4.4.3 Work in pairs and identify the function that money serves
in each of the following situations:
1. Jane Dunn collects $50 for her part-time job in the supermarket.
2. On her way home, Jane puts $15 in her savings account.
3. Jane visits a store where she compares the prices of personal
computers.
4. Think about the purchases you made last week. How would they
have been more difficult in a barter system? Use three examples
in your answer.
200
4.5 SPEAKING & WRITING
Language focus
4.5.1 Saying or writing out numbers.
BRITISH MONEY
It’s common knowledge that the British currency is the pound sterling.
In 1971 Britain adopted a decimal currency system in which one
pound (£1) is worth one hundred pence (100p). Thus there are 100
pence in a pound. Pounds are indicated by the symbol £ before the
amount. Pence are indicated by the letter p. Usually sums of money
are named as follows:
1 p one penny (informal one p or a penny)
5 p five pence (informal five p)
£5 five pounds
If you want to combine the two, the p is usually dropped: £4.75.
£4.75 four pounds seventy-five (pence) or four pounds and
seventy five pence (more formal)
Nowadays some people use the plural pence as a singular in
informal speech; whereas pound is sometimes used informally as a
plural.
That’s five pounds and one pence, please.
It cost Susan nine pound fifty.
You should remember that singular forms are used in expressions
like a ten-pound note.
You should also take into account that pence is often used instead of
penny (a sixty pence postcard).
It’s also possible to use:
A ten-pence change or a ten-penny change.
Both notes and coins are used as British currency:
the one pound piece (1£).
There are “silver” (cupro-nickel) and copper coins. The “silver”
coins are:
the fifty pence piece (50p);
the twenty pence piece (20p);
the ten pence piece (10p);
the five pence piece (5p).
201
The copper coins are worth:
the two pence piece (2p), or twopence;
the one pence piece (1p);
a halfpenny1 (1/2p).
Each coin has the date when it was minted. As a rule the date is
stamped on one side of the coin.
As for notes there are five denominations of them.
The £5 note is the lowest note in value.
The £100 note is the highest note.
In between these denominations there are the £10, 20 and £50 notes.
Every note has a serial number which shows when it was issued.
Moreover, every note has a watermark to prevent forgeries.
When people talk about money under the value of a pound, they
usually use the abbreviated form p rather than the full form pence.
But both p and pence can be omitted altogether. Here is an example
of the three alternatives:
One coffee, please. – That’ll be two seventy-five, sir.
That’ll be two pounds seventy-five p, sir.
That’ll be two pounds seventy-five pence, sir.
The most likely is seventy-five p (no full stop after p in writing).
Some coins have special names:
Quid – is both the singular and the plural form 2 - £1.
A quid is a pound in money.
3
Tenner - £10.
A tenner is ten pounds or a ten-pound note.
AMERICAN MONEY
It’s public knowledge that there are 100 cents (¢) in a dollar
($).Usually sums of money are named as follows:
1¢
one cent (or a penny);
33¢ or $.33
thirty-three cents;
$1.85
a dollar eighty-five or one eighty-five
Sums of money are named very much as in British English. Some
coins have special names:
1
The coin was demonetised and withdrawn from circulation in December 1984.
соверен/фунт стерлингов
3
десятка
2
202
One-cent coins are called pennies;
Five-cent coins are nickels;
Ten-cent coins are dimes;
A twenty-five cent coin is a quarter.
Fifty-cent coins are half-dollars.
As for notes there are six denominations of them.
The $1 note is the lowest note in value.
The $100 note is the highest note.
In between these denominations there are the $2, 10, 20 and $50
notes. Every note has a serial number which shows when it was
issued. Moreover, every note has a watermark to prevent forgeries.
Exercise 1
Answer the questions:
1. What is the British (American) currency? What money items
does it include?
2. How many pence are there in a pound? How many cents are
there in a dollar?
3. What is the symbol of a pound (a dollar)?
4. How is pence (cent) indicated?
5. What types of coins are there in the British (American)
currency?
6. How many denominations of notes are there in the British
(American) currency?
Exercise 2
Write down in words:
$200
£350
£1.25
2 ½ p.
65p.
a 50p ticket
It cost me £8.50.
That’s £3.01, please.
a 90p postcard
a 65p stamp
203
Exercise 3
a. Read the excerpt below about the peculiarities of money
matters in India.
Indians are rather fussy (and peculiar) about the condition of their
banknotes. A shopkeeper often turns down a note because it is very
slightly torn at the edge while accepting another one with a great big
hole in the middle! There is indeed the (very much mistaken) belief
that the Reserve Bank of India has ruled that torn-at-the-edge notes
are worthless. You should therefore check your change carefully and
refuse frayed and dirty notes. There is a chronic shortage of small
cash and many shopkeepers give out sweets or stamps by way of
change. Taxi and motor-rickshaw drivers are also notoriously
without adequate change and you might often find yourself having to
pay a little more to break a roadside deadlock. When cashing in your
foreign exchange in a large bank, ask to have part of your Indian
money given to you in small notes. Note that it is a criminal offence
to change money on the black market.
b. Discuss how the following items compare with the situation in
Russia.
 availability of cash
 condition of bank-notes
 regulations
c. Search the Internet to find further information about the
acceptability of coins and banknotes.
d. Search the Internet for additional information about the
origin and present-day forms of money. Report your
findings to the fellow-students.
204
Language in context
4.5.2
a. Fill in prepositions wherever necessary.
b. Give the text the appropriate title.
_____________________________________
Your personal supply … money changes often. Increases and
decreases … your supply of money probably affect … how much you
spend. Similarly, the amount of money … the total economy changes
often. Changes in the economy's money supply are more complex
than changes in a personal money supply. Still, these fluctuations …
the money supply influence not only … how much spending occurs
but also the general level of business activity.
For example, the money supply of the United States is
constantly changing. Sometimes it expands and sometimes it
contracts. The government prints … new bills and mints new coins
every year to replace those that are worn. It also changes the money
supply to meet people's needs.
The supply … checking account money, or demand deposits,
also changes. Banking laws … the United States require a bank to put
a certain percentage of its deposits … reserve. A bank's reserve is the
money the bank must set aside and not loan … anyone. Assume that
the bank's reserve must be 10 percent … total deposits.
Suppose that bank customer John Winslow deposits $10,000
… his earnings … a checking account. What does the bank do …
the $10,000? It puts the money to use … lending it to people and
charging interest. Of John Winslow's $10,000, the bank keeps $1,000
… reserve. The other $9,000 it lends … anyone able to pay it back …
enough interest. So the process continues, with a succession …
borrowers and depositors. None … these transactions involved …
currency. All were completed through checking accounts. This series
of deposits caused the total supply … checking account money to
expand.
205
c. Comment upon the following points:
 Personal supply of money versus national supply of money
 Changes in the US money supply
 Banking laws and bank reserves
 The succession of transactions after the initial deposit
d. Look at the second part of the text about the limits to money
supply growth. Arrange these sentences in their proper
sequence.
A. Also, expansion will stop if the bank stops making loans.
Lending may cease if the bank cannot find any more people it
believes will be able to repay a loan. Moreover, if people stop
putting their money into checking accounts, the bank will not be
able to make loans.
B. To crown it all, if many people suddenly withdraw their money
all at once, the bank must do more than stop making loans. It
will have to start calling for payment of its loans so that it can
increase its reserves.
C. But this expansion of the money supply does not continue
forever. A deposit in a checking account can increase the money
supply by about 10 times the original amount. Several factors
stop the process of expansion or even reverse it.
D. To begin with, federal law requires the bank to keep a
percentage of its demand deposits in reserve, usually 3 to 10
percent. Banks cannot loan out all of the money people deposit.
After John Winslow's original deposit, each successive deposit
was less.
1.
2.
3.
206
4.
4.5.3 a. Complete the sentences using the words in the box and
fill in the grid.
b. Discuss the role of central banks.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
control
the amount of money
the money supply
function
issue
supervise
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
prices and wages
act
impose
the reserves available
tight
monetary policy
The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve Board in the USA,
the Bundesbank in Germany, and the Central Bank of Russia are
central banks which …1… as banks for the government and for
other banks. Central banks usually implement …2… – either the
government’s (e.g. in Great Britain), or their own, if they are
independent (in Germany and the US).
Central banks also …3… the money supply.
Central banks …4… as lender of last resort to commercial banks
with liquidity problems.
Central banks …5… coins and bank notes.
Central banks …6… the banking system.
To ensure the safety of the banking system, central banks …7…
reserve requirements, obliging commercial banks to deposit a
certain amount of money with the central bank at zero interest. 1
A great number of central banks now set money supply targets2
following the monetarist argument that the average level of …8… is
determined by the amount of money in circulation.
By increasing or decreasing …9…, the central bank indirectly
influences interest rates, demand, output, growth, unemployment
and prices. The central bank can reduce …10… to commercial
banks by changing the reserve requirements.
This action reduces …11… that banks can create and makes
money …12… or scarce.
1
2
С 2008 только в России
Устанавливают целевые ориентиры денежного предложения
207
Central banks issue banknotes and coins (the country’s or nation’s
currency). They are legal tender1 in the country where they are
produced. They must be accepted as payment by all the traders all
over the country.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
D
Presenting information
Writing reports
a. Familiarise yourself with the text.
Report is a written or spoken description of a situation or event:
for example, auditor’s report, an official document written by an
auditor; directors’ report, a statement by a company’s directors in
its annual accounts giving the directors’ opinion of the state of the
company, etc.
Report may be an official document produced by a group of
people, examining a particular subject. People often use the name of
the committee producing the report to talk about it: the Cadbury
report on the financial aspects of corporate governance.
Report may be a newspaper article or part of television or radio
programme about a particular situation or event: The Daily Mirror’s
report focused on the variation in evidence.
There are three main types of reports:
Recommendation reports are usually prepared with the aim of
recommending some kind of action. Such reports may or may not
include conclusions as well as recommendations.
Information reports only present information. In such reports
the author provides some background information, and probably
presents his/her main findings or highlights, but due to the very
nature of the report, there won’t be any conclusion or
recommendation.
1
money, which is officially part of a country's currency at a particular time
208
Conclusion reports are designed with the aim to investigate the
matter, reach a conclusion as to whether it was a profitable
proposition or not. But the author won’t make any
recommendations.
Thus reports can serve a wide variety of purposes, and have a
number of different formats. However, most reports have the same
basic structure, regardless of the subject or aim. The main points of
any report are:
1. Preliminary pages. The author of the report should provide
some certain information in these pages:
 The title page. It should give the title of the report, who it is by,
the date the report was written and the distribution.
 A summary. It’s a valuable idea to provide a brief summary if the
report is long. It may consist of no more than 150 words and give
the gist of the information the report itself contains. It may also
include the main conclusions, recommendations or findings. It
should be presented on a page headed “Summary”.
 A table of contents. It may be necessary if the report is long. It
should list the main headings and the pages on which they
appear. A table of contents should be on the page by itself.
2. An introduction. In the introduction you should give the
background to the report itself, i.e. you should explain why it is
written, what it is about, who it is intended for, who asked for it,
and the investigative and other methods used.
3. The body of the report. As a rule the body of the report is the
largest part. Here you should present all the relevant information.
In an analytical report a logical argument should be developed,
building up to a conclusion or recommendations. In a briefing
report the sections should be set out in order of priority. You can
also divide report into sections; each section will deal with a
different department or sphere of activity.
4. The conclusion, recommendations, main findings. If your report
is investigative or analytical, you may find several possible
solutions to the problem. You should describe all the possibilities
in the conclusion, with their advantages and disadvantages, though
you may recommend only one solution. If you provide both a
conclusion and recommendations in your report, then put them in
209
two separate sections. You should give your reason for
recommending a certain course of action. If there are more than
one recommendation they should be numbered. It will make
them clearer and easier to understand.
5. Acknowledgements. You should include a special separate
acknowledgements section in your report if you’d like to
acknowledge the help of other people or you have referred to their
written work. If you want to thank certain people for their help in
preparing your report you can say: “I would like to acknowledge
the help of the following people in the preparation of the report”.
Then you should list their names. You can also mention what
help they provided to you. If you refer to documents or
publications, it is customary to give the following information:
– books: the author, the title, the publisher, the year of
publication.
– magazine or journal articles: the author, the title of the
article, the title and the date of the particular issue, the year of
publication.
– government documents: the governmental department or
author, the title and the number of the document, the year of
issue.
6. Appendices. In order to attract and keep your listeners’ (readers’)
attention you should make the body of your report as short and
interesting as possible. But sometimes you need to provide long
documents or tables of figures to support your report. In this case
you should mention the main points in the report itself, but the
whole document or table may be reproduced as an appendix.
b. Answer the following questions:
1. What types of report are mentioned in the text? Characterize
each type.
2. What does the structure of a report depend upon? What are the
main points of a report?
3. What type of information is provided on preliminary pages?
4. Which section provides the background information of the
report?
5. What is the largest and most important part of a report?
210
6. Is it reasonable to place the conclusions and recommendations
at the beginning of a report? Why?
7. Is it necessary to make acknowledgements? Why?
8. What information is usually provided if you refer to
documents and publications?
9. Is it necessary to provide an appendix in a report?
Communication skills
4.5.4 Write an information report about the functions and
forms of money, the money supply and the ways to limit
it. Arrange the paragraph with the topic sentence, several
developers and a restatement. Make use of the above text.
4.6 DIALOGUE
a. Replace the Russian word combinations by their English
equivalents in the appropriate form.
b. Be ready to summarize the dialogue.
A.: Can you spare me a second? I know that there exist several
forms of money. Will you help me to encompass all of them?
B.: Well, the point is that in the United States most money is in the
form of (текущий счет). I’ll try to explain to you how it works.
A.: That’s just what I need.
B.: A (текущий счет) is a bank account in which money has been
(вкладывать). A (снятие денег со счета) can be made at any
time using a check.
A.: Sorry to butt in, but do you mean that a check1 is a written
order to a bank (выплатить определенную сумму денег) to
the person or business to whom the check is made?
B.: It looks like that. Depositing $100 in a bank checking account
increases the sum (вкладчик) can draw on by that amount.
From then on, (вкладчик) need not have $100 in paper bills or
coin in order to buy something worth $100. Simply writing a
check will cover the cost. By the way, (текущий чековый счет)
1
Амер. = cheque (брит.)
211
are also known as demand deposits, because their owners have
the right to demand them from the bank whenever they wish.
A.: I’ve also heard that sometimes, (срочный депозит) are considered a form of money. A (срочный депозит) is a bank
deposit that can be withdrawn at a certain time in the future, or
on (предварительное уведомление). Time deposits cannot be
withdrawn using a check. Is this information true?
B.: Yes, it’s absolutely so. I can add that a (сберегательный счет)
is an example of a time deposit. When (сберегательный счет)
are used as a store of value, savers deposit their money for use
in the future instead of in the present. The bank book is a record
of a person's deposits and (процент) the bank paid for use of
the money.
A.: Well, I’m really amazed! I really am. But I would like to come
back to checks. It’s common knowledge that almost all firms
use checks to pay their (счета), and most people also are paid
by check. Does that mean that checks are substitutes of money?
B.: That’s, of course, a big problem. Checks are more (удобный и
безопасный) to use than currency. They are flexible in that they
can be written for any amount. They provide a legal record of
financial transactions. However, although most people and
institutions accept them, checks are not (законное платежное
средство). (Законное платежное средство) is money that, by
law, must be accepted in payment of (долг).
A.: So, on balance, the only (законное платежное средство) in the
United States is currency. And does it refer to credit cards?
B.: Fair enough. Just as a matter of interest I’d like to stress that
several other things are used like money. (кредитная карточка)
are a common way to purchase goods and services. If the card is
used to buy gasoline, the gas station will record the name and
number and send it, along with the bill for the gasoline, to the
credit card company. The credit card company will then pay the
gas station and send the buyer a bill for the amount of the
gasoline.
212
A.: Oh, I see. Credit cards are not money, though, since they can be
traded only for certain products from certain companies. As for
money, it can be exchanged for anything.
B.: Definitely.
c. List the types of bank account mentioned in the dialogue.
Make a précis of each of them and discuss the difference
with interlocutors.
d. Read the following supporting materials and get ready to
discuss the given information in your own dialogues. Make
use of the helpful phrases.
Supporting Materials
People may have three basic types of bank account:

Current account or cheque account or US checking account
is the most popular one which is used for handling day-to-day
finances. It is used for everyday transactions such as paying bills,
transferring money and drawing cheques. Though the current
account holder doesn’t usually receive any interest on the money
he pays in this type of account has some advantages. Firstly, it
enables people to hold their money in a safe place. Secondly, this
type of account allows people to withdraw their money at any
time. Thirdly, it provides people with a cheque book so that they
don’t have to carry much cash.
When a person intends to open a current account he should see the
branch manager who wants to get the necessary background
information about the applicant. As a rule, the banking officer
wants to know the applicant’s occupation and place of work.
Probably he will want to have a reference from the applicant’s
employer. Then after the interview if the manager is satisfied with
the applicant’s status he will approve the application, arrange for
the applicant to be given a cheque book and arrange for a monthly
statement to be sent to the account holder.
The current account holder can have an overdraft on this type of
account, i.e. he can withdraw more money than he has in the
account.
213
Deposit account is another popular account which is really
designed for saving money and may be used for short-term, small
savings. The money paid into this type of account earns a small
amount of interest. The customer receives no cheque book and
therefore he cannot pay bills so easily as with the current account.
Though it is not possible to draw cheques or have an overdraft on
this type of account, it has some advantages over a current
account. Firstly, it is easier to open a deposit account than a
current account because there is no need to have an interview with
the branch manager. A client only has to fill in a form and deposit
the minimum amount of money required by the bank. Secondly, a
deposit account earns for the account holder. It occurs because the
bank invests the money that the depositor pays in and in return, the
bank pays the client interest.
But the client should remember that if he wants to take his money
out of the deposit account he mustn’t forget to give a bank a
week’s notice. If the client wants his money immediately, he loses
some interest.

Savings or long-term deposit is an account where you put
money in regularly and which pays interest, often at a higher rate
than a deposit account and may be used for larger, long-term
savings. The customer may have a fixed-term account. In this case
the account holder may not be able to withdraw the money for a
certain period agreed with the bank, for instance, 3–5 years. The
customer can’t get his money immediately. He has to inform the
bank in advance when he wishes to withdraw the money.

e. Consider the above-mentioned information (the dialogue and
supporting materials) and decide what kind of bank account
each of these people might have opened. Discuss this task in
the dialogues of your own.
1. Imagine that a thirteen-year-old boy inherits $15000, which he
won’t be able to touch until he is eighteen.
2. Another case concerns an elderly couple who keeps $400 in the
drawer “for emergencies”. They are persuaded to pay it into a
bank account for safety.
214
3. At the age of 18 a boy begins work. He needs an account so that
his wages can be paid at the end of the month.
4. Luckily a couple with young children wins a large amount of
money in the lottery. They want to open an account.
5. A hard working student receives a grant for research on
economics. He needs a bank account for his grant.
6. A teenager earns some money and wants to save it as he desires
to buy a new computer.
f. Search the Internet for the key words joint account,
compounding interest, overdraft facility, individual retirement
account, Internet bank account, online bank savings account,
MMDA- money market deposit account.
g. Try to explain the meaning of the following expressions:


“Money saved – money gained” (English proverb).
“If you owe your bank a hundred pounds, you have a problem.
If you owe it a million pounds, it has a problem” (John
Maynard Keynes).
4.7 Reading for Cross-cultural Associations
Read the excerpts below about money matters in the English
speaking countries. Compare the situation in Great Britain and
the US with that in Russia. Discuss it with an interlocutor.
A.
British people take their financial system for granted. Savings are the
heart of this system. Savings are just what people have left over after
meeting their daily needs for food, housing, recreation, etc. If
individuals didn’t save, there would be no spare money to lend to
other people. So the first fundamental component of the British
financial system is the population’s savings. People usually save
around 15% of what they earn. The savers are not the government,
which in fact is a big borrower. They are not companies, which
generally would like to borrow money to finance expansion. The
savers are ordinary citizens. Therefore, the British financial system is
215
driven by the separate decisions of millions of people. They can
make these decisions because of two main ingredients, they are:
private property and a free press. Individuals can buy and sell all
kinds of assets, i.e.: personal possessions (televisions or cars), they
own shares in companies, they can buy government bonds, they can
form partnerships with others to run a business. There is a basic
freedom to use your money and property as you wish.
The other ingredient, a free press, is less obvious but people
can’t save or invest wisely without information useful in business.
Britain has a flourishing business press: a daily newspaper the
“Financial Times”, a weekly magazine the “Economist”. Both are
read by business people and others all over the world. Television
and radio also carry detailed business news.
The British financial system is stable, extensive and complex. Very
few British people go through life without being closely involved with
the formal financial system. About 90% of the adult population have
bank accounts, many people also maintain an account with the Post
Office, which has a branch in nearly every town and village across the
land. About 10 million individuals (about a fifth of the British
population) own shares.
More recently, millions of the British have acquired credit cards.
They usually use them instead of cash to make purchases. Some
also use debit cards which automatically deduct money from the
cardholder’s bank account when swiped through a machine by the
shop. Today experiments are also being conducted with “smart”
cards.
B.
Since the times of the first Puritans, the dollar has always been
the measure of human worth, the maker of friends and the influencer
of people. It’s no disgrace to be poor, but it sure is inconvenient.
Americans worry about the federal deficit and about maxing out
(exceeding the credit limit on) their plastic (credit cards). People
shop at outlets and discount stores, join clubs so that they can enjoy
the benefits of buying in bulk, and wait for sales featuring reduced
prices.
216
Most Americans have traditionally relied on their jobs for an
income. But the exporting of jobs and cost-cutting led, in the early
1990s, to widespread layoffs (also known as corporate downsizing)
and downshifting (being forced to accept a less well-paid job).
Although middle management was hardest hit by such cuts in the
1990s, few American workers at any level were immune to the
prospect of being dumped.
Hard-working Americans worried about their financial security.
They were, and are, concerned about buyouts (where one company
buys out another, often giving pink slips, a notice of dismissal from
employment, to their employees) and golden parashutes (financial
protection for company executives in the event of an unfriendly
takeover by another firm and the loss of their jobs). People want to
protect their IRAs (Individual Retirement Accounts), 401(K)s
(corporate-sponsored retirement funds), and other savings plans, and
they wonder about whether Social Security will still be there when
they reach retirement age.
By the end of the 1990s many Americans complained that they
couldn’t get work or they didn’t want the kind of work they could
get. Many refused to “flip burgers” (a reference to minimum wage
work at a fast food restaurant). They complained that because the
manufacturing economy (based on factory jobs) was giving way to a
service economy (where employees provide a service rather that
producing goods), skilled factory jobs were disappearing, and their
training and experience were no longer valued.
217
4.8 CASE-STUDY & ROLE-PLAY
Consumer skills
FINANCING A CAR LOAN
The case
Arthur, a university student, is planning to buy a car as soon as
possible. But when he realizes how much money he will need to
make this purchase, he is taken aback. Arthur has got an account in
a bank, but what he has in his account is not enough. Nevertheless, a
young man doesn’t want to give up the idea completely, and thinks
that he would rather make use of his bank’s credit facilities. He
knows that recently banks have introduced new services so that their
customers could have more options. Arthur hopes that in his case a
loan can be obtained from a commercial bank. But as he knows next
to nothing about borrowing money, Arthur decides to speak to the
bank loan officer to clarify the matter.
The bank loan officer explains to Arthur that to make a loan he
must be a customer of the bank, because the money will be lent to
him through a bank account. The bank officer adds that there are
two ways in which a customer may borrow. The first, and easy one,
is to spend more money than a person has in his current account,
that is to overdraw on his account. This is useful if a person only
wishes to borrow a small amount for a short time. The interest rate
on overdrafts depends on the bank rate. It is usually 10-12% over
base rate1.
The second way is to arrange a “personal loan”. This is the
normal way of borrowing larger amounts or for a long period of
time. The bank officer makes it clear that if a personal loan is
granted it will be a fixed sum immediately available for a fixed
period of time. The principal2 and the interest on it may all become
due for payment at the end of that period but for personal loans it is
common to arrange that the loan and interest are repaid in equal
1
In Britain, the base rate is the rate of interest that banks use as a basis when they are calculating the rates
that they charge on loans.
2
A sum of money lent or invested, on which interest is paid.
218
regular installments over the period of the loan. As a rule each
month the customer makes a payment on the loan to the bank.
Finally, the bank loan officer pays Arthur’s attention to the
main advantage of a personal loan: the interest rate is fixed.
Case Analysis
Step 1. Clarify the issue
1. What do a bank’s credit facilities imply?
2. Why do you think an interview with a credit officer is a must?
Step 2. Evaluate advantages and disadvantages
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
What types of borrowing money are possible?
What is overdraft?
What is a personal loan?
How are personal loans usually repaid?
Which way of borrowing money is more preferable for Arthur
from your point of view?
Give the English equivalents for the following.






воспользоваться возможностью кредитования
иметь возможность выбора
специалист по работе с кредитами
получить ссуду через банковский счет
сверх базовой ставки
тело (основная сумма, на которую начисляются проценты)
и проценты по кредиту
 подлежать оплате
 выплачивать(ся) равными регулярными взносами
219
Role-playing
Situation
You’d like to purchase a car but do not have the entire amount of
money needed. You intend to borrow some money.
What you must decide
Determine the best way to finance a loan.
Cast
Student A
Student B
Student C
Student D
Student E
Student F
Student G
Work in a group (Students A , B, C, D, E, F, G)
Student A (Arthur)
You want to buy a car, but only have enough savings to buy an old
one. You are thrilled at the idea of buying a new model which
hopefully wouldn’t need repairing so often. But when you realize
how much money will be necessary to make this purchase you are at
a loss because you don’t have enough money. Nevertheless you
don’t want to give up the idea completely, and think that you would
rather make use of your bank’s credit facilities. You’ve heard that
borrowing money to buy an expensive item has become more and
more common nowadays, and you hope it is possible to obtain a
loan from a commercial bank. You also know that you may be
financing a loan during the next several years. But you’ve never
borrowed before and as a newcomer in this sphere you don’t have
any idea how to start this process. That is why you have visited your
220
bank and had a talk with the bank loan officer. Some aspects of
borrowing money have been explained to you at the bank but you
need more clarification of this complicated matter. Luckily your
friend works in the commercial bank. You ask him for help.
Make use of the helpful phrases:









From what I’ve heard … .
Wouldn’t it be a good idea to … .
The difficulty is … .
There is a relatively simple way of doing that … .
Don’t you think it would be better to … .
I don’t know what to begin with … .
There is little chance of … .
I know it’s risky but I’m all optimistic about … .
The thing that worries me most is … .
Student B
You’ve been a loyal and true friend of A. since college. You don’t
want to dissuade A. but share your opinion that it is unrealistic to
purchase a new car without a loan from a bank. As a bank officer
you are well informed about all aspects concerning a bank’s credit
facilities. You want wholeheartedly to be of help and give A. some
practical advice how to discuss a loan, to raise a loan and to pay off
a loan. You attract your friend’s attention to the fact that borrowing
intelligently requires an understanding of the three basic steps to
negotiate a loan. Firstly, you should compare loan sources.
Secondly, it is necessary to compute interest. Thirdly, you should
determine repayment time.
Make use of the helpful phrases:







I see no reason why … .
In the circumstances the only chance seems to be … .
The thinking behind my proposal is … .
I consider it absolutely essential … .
I want to explain exactly why I am proposing to … .
I understand you may feel hesitant about … but I can assure
you that … .
While I realize you must have some doubts about … .
221



It’ll cause no problem.
There’s only one way of dealing with the problem.
I advise you most strongly to … .
Student C
You take a realistic view on this matter and inform your friend that
you can share some useful information concerning loan sources.
You’ve learnt that numerous loan sources are available to
borrowers. Loans for major purchases can be obtained from credit
unions, banks, finance companies, or, for cars, the car dealers. If all
other factors are equal, the choice depends on which source will
charge the lowest rate of interest. So you advise your interlocutor to
call banks, finance companies, and other lenders.
Make use of the helpful phrases:








The first decision to be taken is … .
I consider it inevitable … .
Does this mean that?
Will this involve?
Could you explain what this will mean in terms of …?
I don’t quite catch the full implication of … .
I’m sure it’s feasible to … .
I’m completely behind the proposal to … .
Student D
You approve of your friend’s intention to call different loan
financial institutions and explain to him that he should ask them
what annual interest rate they charge on used car loans and the
method used to calculate repayment. It’s necessary for him to
compare answers to find the best finance source. In your opinion it
is important to understand the two basic methods of figuring
interest – simple and compound.
Make use of the helpful phrases:




I could not agree more with your idea … .
Let’s discuss it in more detail … .
I agree with you on the whole but I’d like to add that … .
I know from experience that … .
222



I advise you most strongly to … .
I’m convinced … .
I’m dead sure of it.
Student A
Unluckily, you know next to nothing about computing interest.
Moreover, you want to be absolutely clear about some details
concerning a personal loan. You think your friends must know in
every detail all about it. You ask them the following questions:
Must a reason be given for borrowing money? How long are you
given to pay the money back? How is it paid back? How is interest
calculated?
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 This is all very interesting but … .
 Actually …
 What I don’t understand is … .
 What is more … .
 Another point is … .
 The worst thing is … .
 Could you break down the calculations into more details?
Student E
Your aim is to make A. think in realistic terms. You are ready to
give full answers to the above questions. You explain to A. that the
borrower must give the reason for wanting money. You know that
usually 6, 12, 18, 24, up to 60 months are provided to pay the
money back. Normally 24 for a car and 36 for other things. It is the
usual practice that repayments are made monthly from a current
account. As to interest, using the simple interest method, the
borrower repays the principal – the amount borrowed – and interest
in one single payment to the lender.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 I mean to say …
 But the truth is …
223






As far as I can see …
Could you possibly …, please?
That brings up the whole matter of …
I differ from you …
There’s something in what you say, but …
I must admit …
Student A
You have no idea about the way interest is calculated. You turn to
one of your fellow-students for help.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 The question is … .
 I dare say … .
 The way things are … .
 Looks like that … .
 I won’t deny … .
 Primarily … .
 As far as … is concerned … .
 On the surface (of it) … .
 What matters is … .
Student F
You have roughly calculated all the costs which will inevitably
arise. For example, to purchase a car A. would like to borrow
$2,000 at 8 percent interest. A. will repay the loan in 12 months.
Interest can be calculated using the formula I = P x R x T. In the
formula, I is interest, P is principal, R is rate of interest (percent),
and T is time, in years, before the money is repaid. Hence, $2,000 x
0.08 x 1 = $160 – the amount of interest charged. The total to be
repaid at the end of the year is $2,160 – that is, $2,000 principal
plus $160 interest.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 Let’s face the facts … .
 I know from experience that … .
 From what I know … .
 The obvious answer is … .
224


Let’s look at the whole question from a realistic point of view.
Let’s be realistic about this … .
Student G
You agree with your friends’ point of view and appreciate their
practical advice. But it is not as simple as that. The repayment
schedule for most loans actually is calculated by using compound
interest – the add-on method. Payments are broken into even parts –
12 months, for example –and that portion – one-twelfth –of interest
and principal is paid back each month. Using the add-on method,
the borrower must know the annual percentage rate (APR) or total
finance charge on the loan rather than just the loan interest as in
simple interest. If a monthly payment plan were used, repayment of
a $2,000 loan at 8 percent would cost A. approximately $180 per
month – $2,160 divided by 12 months. Using a monthly repayment
plan, A. has possession of the entire $2,000 he borrowed for only
one month. Then A. is paying the loan back in equal portions.
Monthly repayment of the principal and interest increases the annual
percentage rate (APR) from 8 percent to 14.8 percent. You stress
that it is not necessary to know how to calculate this APR. You add
that by law the lender must tell the borrower the rate. You finalise
that using the APR as a guideline, borrowers can more easily decide
which loan is best suited to their purposes.
Make use of the helpful phrases:
 You’ve got to take … into account (consideration).
 Mind that … .
 I’ve calculated that … .
 I should make it clear … .
 If that is the case … .
Student A
You are very grateful to your friends for the explanation of the first
two steps of borrowing money. It’s absolutely clear to you that
interest rate is one important factor that affects the cost of a loan.
Now you can eye your opportunities. You believe that your position
is strong enough and there is no ground for concern. As to the other
factor that influences the cost of a loan it is the length of time before
225
the loan is completely repaid. You understand that as car prices
have increased, so have the amount borrowed and the time required
to repay the loan. Borrowers tend to see the lower monthly payments on longer-term loans as an advantage. But you’ve heard that
often borrowers fail to realize that a longer repayment time
increases the total cost of the loan. Your plan of action will be based
on exact calculations.
Make use of the helpful phrases:

After a lot of thought I’ve come to understand that… .

I’m confident that … .

What I understand is … .

I entirely agree…

From what I have heard … .

It was a pleasure to … .

The only thing to be done is … .
Making a Decision
In coming to a decision, consider the following points:
 What an educated borrower should bear in mind when
considering the best way to finance a loan.
 What precautions should be taken in making a loan.
What other factors should be discussed?
Your decision:
226
4.8 GRAMMAR BACK UP
PRACTICE WITH REPORTED SPEECH
LEAD-IN
Exercise 1
Task 1. Familiarize yourself with the text. Consult the
Grammar notes below. Translate the text into Russian.
The chief responsibilities of a Personnel Manager are employing
and dismissing staff and looking after and improving the
employees’ welfare and conditions of work. When an employee
arrives at a factory to start work the first thing he does is to clock in.
A time clock punches a mark on the worker’s time card to
correspond with the exact time of arrival. Trying to cheat this
system is a very serious offence. But some days ago Harper & Grant
had trouble in the press room with one of the press operatives who
arrived an hour and a half later. The reporters of some newspapers
were informed about the accident and tried to clarify the situation
with the help of Ian Hampden, the Personnel Manager of Harper &
Grant.
First of all Ian Hampden explained to the reporter that Harper &
Grant did not have a closed shop, that meant, they did not make it a
condition of employment that a worker must belong to a certain
trade Union. The reporter was surprised to hear that ninety per cent
of the workers were members of one or other of the unions. All the
toolmakers, skilled machiners (machinists), sheet-metal workers,
assembly-shop workers and fitters belonged to one union, the
electricians to another and the office staff to a clerical union. Ian
also added that every member had to pay a subscription, a sum of
money paid regularly to the particular union (often referred to as
union dues). Then Ian said that a shop steward, who was elected by
the workers on the shop floor, looked after each union’s affairs. It
was the first time that the reporter had come across the name. Ian
explained to the reporter that the shop steward was at the day-today level of representation between a company and a union. He
represented the workers in a particular shop, or department, in a
227
factory. The shop stewards were recognized by the management,
and they served as a channel of communication both ways. The
Personnel Manager told the reporter that they were allowed to
collect union dues on the premises, but they could hold meetings in
the factory or office block only with the permission of the
management. In addition to the above explanation the reporter was
informed that besides obtaining the best possible working
conditions for their members, unions in Britain, as in many other
countries, also organized medical schemes, insurance and legal aid
for their members. And they used part of their funds, the money
collected from the members, to pay a weekly sum of money to their
members if they were out on official strike. Ian said that an official
strike was one recognized by the union. Strike pay was small
compared with the workers’ normal wages. They did not draw it if it
was an unofficial strike or a “wild cat” strike. Of course the
reporter wanted to find out whether Harper & Grant Ltd. had any
problems with the trade unions. The Personnel Manager stressed
that in most firms the relationship between management and unions
was good, but sometimes a shop steward was ambitious to get more
personal power. Ian said that in their case a certain shop steward
used a worker who had a grievance, something making him angry
or annoyed, to create trouble in the works. His aim was to help put
pressure on the management in connection with a claim for a
general wage increase. Ian added that many employees, of course,
thought they were underpaid, and some managements were
reluctant to increase wage until forced to do so. Some firms have
introduced profit-sharing schemes, so that employees could share
directly in the results of harder work or better organization. The
reporter knew that the difficulty was that the majority were not
prepared to take a cut in wages if the firm had a bad year. Ian
pointed out that good employee-management relations often
presented difficulties and problems. Some firms solved those
problems better than others. As for their firm, Ian continued,
usually Harper & Grant had good relations with their employees,
as they were a comparatively small “family” firm.
Task 2. Use direct speech instead of indirect in the italicized
part of the text. Turn the given situation below into a TV
press conference.
228
PRACTICE
We use direct speech when we speak. We use indirect
(reported) speech when we are telling someone what another
person says or said.
Ask yourself these questions when checking reported speech.
1. What reporting verbs do we use in reported speech?
The commonest reporting verbs in both direct and indirect
speech are say, tell, and ask.
a. After tell we normally use a personal indirect object (tell
somebody) to say who is told. Say is followed by an optional to
+ the person who is addressed:
He said / told me (that) his wife was self-employed.
I said to Sara that I was not wealthy because I had a lot of debts.
We never use a comma after say or tell someone.
If we need to mention the listener, tell + indirect object is
preferable to say + to someone.
b. Ask (with or without a personal indirect object) can report a
question.
Ask (someone) is followed by if / whether or a question-word:
She asked me whether / if I had received any fringe benefits.
c. Mind fixed expressions with say, tell, and ask:
 say a few words, say no more, say nothing, say your prayers,
say so:
– Poverty is an income of $9,862 a year for the family of four.
– Who says so? – The Bureau of the Census said so in 1992.
 tell + object: (can) tell the difference, tell a lie, tell a story,
tell (the) time, tell the truth, you never can tell, to tell one
thing from another, tell a secret.
 ask after someone, ask (for) a favour, ask a question, ask the
price.
229
Exercise 1
A. Write the correct form of say or tell in the following
sentences. Be careful to observe sequence of tenses.
1. Harvey ______ he would provide a source of finance for
investment.
2. – Where is Peter? – He ______ the customers how to cut down
on heat waste when they use the new model of a boiler.
3. Who ______ you that she is scheduling meatless meals to avoid
debts?
4. When did you ______ Mary that the garage sale in our
neighbourhood would be on Friday?
5. My sister ______ us that we should apply common sense to cut
down on heat waste.
6. No one in the second grade class could ______ time.
7. My mother always ______ us to take to buying used clothes to
make both ends meet.
8. What time did you ______ that the lecture had begun?
9. Who ______ that we are having a seminar tomorrow?
10. The judge instructed the witness to ______ the whole truth
about the sources of his income.
11. The little boy ______ a lie about not eating the cookies before
lunch.
12. Our trainer ______ that we would not have any break in the
circle of poverty.
13. Because he could not ______ the difference, the man bought
both models.
14. I saw my boss in the office and ______ that I had wanted to
offer him to buy into the firm.
15. Never ______ a secret to a person who spreads gossip.
B. Translate the sentences into English. (Refer to 1c)
1. Вы мне рассказали о Ваших источниках дохода больше, чем
мне нужно знать. Прошу Вас, больше ничего не говорите!
2. Если Вам нужны деньги, почему Вы не попросите коголибо о ссуде?
230
3. Ничего не рассказывай им о дополнительных льготах.
Сделай мне одолжение, ничего не говори.
4. – Его долги должны быть вычтены из его личного капитала.
– Кто это сказал? – Я это говорю!
5. Позвольте и мне сказать несколько слов. Я занималась этой
платежной ведомостью и другими счетами. Я не могу лгать.
6. По правде говоря, благодаря этой серии депозитов
происходит расширение денежной массы.
7. Скажите, пожалуйста, несколько слов не только о денежном
предложении, но и о спросе на деньги.
8. Я могу открыть либо текущий, либо срочный вклад, но как
отличить один от другого?
2. How does a verb change in reported statements?
When the reporting verb is in the past (e.g. he said, you told me),
the tense in the reported speech normally “moves back”:
Verbs in the present change into the past:
Speaker’s words
Reported speech
I am counting the wages.
She said she was counting the wages.
I have to stop at the bank.
You told me you had to stop at the bank.
He doesn’t get any interest.
You said he didn’t get any interest.
Val has found a part-time job.
He told us that Val had found a part-time job.
Verbs already in the past, change into the past perfect or they
do not change:
We tried to avoid debts. They said they had tried (tried) to avoid debts.
Verbs already in the past perfect, do not change:
They had fixed up the house by June. He said they had fixed up the house by
June.
231
Modal verbs change as follows: can – could; will – would; shall –
should; may – might.
I can plough it back into business. He said he could plough it back into business.
I will buy used tools.
He said he would buy used tools.
We may hire laid off workers.
He said we might hire laid off workers.
The past modals could, would, should and might do not change
in reported speech.
They should estimate the costs.
I told him that they should estimate the costs.
The firm could meet its payroll.
They said that the firm could meet its payroll.
Must either does not change or it takes the past form (of have to)
had to.
I must pay the rent. He said that he must (had to) pay the rent.
3. Do we always change tenses in reported speech when we use a
past reporting verb?
a. If we report something that is still true now, we sometimes use
the same tense as the speaker.
– The Bureau of the Census defines poverty as an income of
$9,862 a year for a family of four.
– He said that the Bureau of the Census defines poverty as an
income of $9,862 a year for a family of four.
But even if something is still true, we often change the tense.
He said that the Bureau of the Census defined poverty as the
income of $9,862 a year for a family of four.
b. We always change the tense when there is difference between
what was said and what is really true.
She said that she was 18 years old, but in fact she’s only 16.
232
c. But a speaker can choose to report a statement or a question
using the tenses that match his viewpoint, based on the facts of
the situation as he sees them at the time of speaking. Note the
different viewpoints expressed in the following examples:
Mr. Frost says (now) he has read the income statement and
didn’t understand it.
(then, when he finished reading, or then, while he was reading).
Mr. Frost said (then) he had read the income statement (now)
and didn’t understand it (then).
Mr. Frost said (then) he had read the income statement (then)
and doesn’t understand it (now).
Mr. Frost said (then) he had read Tony’s book (then) and didn’t
understand it (then).1
4. Do pronouns, adjectives, adverbs, etc. change in reported
speech?
a. Pronouns (I, me, ...) and possessive adjectives (my, your, …)
often change in the reported speech.
Pat said, “I have grown in a middle income family. My parents
weren’t rich.”
Pat said (that) she had grown in a middle income family, her
parents weren’t rich.
b. People use words like here, now, today, to talk about the place
where they are speaking and the time they are speaking. If we
report these words in a different place or a different time, they
often change.
1
(L.G. Alexander, Longman English Grammar)
233
Place
Time
verbs
Speaker’s Words
Reported Speech
here
there
this
that/the
these
those
now
then
today
that day
tonight
that night
tomorrow
the next day/the following day
yesterday
the day before/the previous day
two days ago
two days before/ earlier
last night
the night before
come/bring
go/take
5. How do we report questions?
a. Tenses, adjectives, pronouns, etc. in reported questions change
in the same way as in reported statements.
Are you sure?
The manager asked me if I was sure.
In reported questions, the word order is the same as in statements
(e.g. I was sure), and we do not use a question mark (?)
b. In reported questions, we do not use the auxiliary verb.
How does it differ from A?
He asked how it differed from A.
c. When there is no question word (e.g. what, where, why) we can
use if or whether to introduce a reported question.
Do you receive fringe benefits?
I asked if they received fringe benefits.
234
6. What is the way to report orders, requests, warnings, advice
and invitation?
a. We report orders, requests, warnings, advice and invitations
using
the structure verb + object + to infinitive or verb + to
infinitive.
“Could you help me?”
I asked (him) to help me.
“You should pay the expenses.” He advised( me) to pay the expenses.
“Get out of the room!”
She told the man to get out of the
room.
b. In negative orders, promises etc. we use not to + infinitive.
“Don’t define the sources of income.”
He told me not to define the sources of income.
7. What changes do if- and time-clauses undergo in reported
commands and questions?
a. Questions with time and if-clauses should be reported with the
time or if-clause last.
“When/If I see her, what shall I say?” she asked.
– She asked what she should say when/if she saw him.
b. Sometimes it is advisable to use say/said that + time/if clause +
be/should + infinitive to avoid a clumsy sentence.
“If / when you see him, ask him to ring me,” she said.
– She said that if / when I saw him I was to ask him to ring her.
Exercise 2
Report these statements with said moving the clauses “one tense
back”.
DIRECT
SPEECH STATEMENTS
INDIRECT
SPEECH STATEMENTS
present becomes past
1. Jack: I need a holiday.
2. Jill: I’m not wasting my time.
Jack said (that) he needed a holiday.
235
present perfect becomes past perfect
3. Mac: I’ve had some good news.
4. Tom: I’ve been cutting expenses.
past becomes past or past perfect (past perfect is often optional)
5. Pam: I repaid the loan at once.
6. Sue: I was waiting for you.
past perfect does not change
7. Leo: I had reported it earlier.
8. Joe: I had been sleeping.
modal “present” becomes “conditional” or “past”
9. Jan: I will get a refund later.
10. Dot: I may buy into the firm.
11. Tim: I can rent this apartment.
“shall” with a future reference becomes “would”
12. Kim: I shall take the job.
“shall” in offers and suggestions becomes “should”
13. Rob: Shall I do it myself?
Rob asked whether ...
“past” or “conditional” modals do not change
14. John: I could get the loan.
15. Ted: I might hire him.
16. Ann: I would utilise the refuse.
“perfect” modal forms do not change
17. Lee: I must have lost all the rent
18. Jim: I couldn’t have spent that.
19. Lou: I needn’t have said so.
20. Don: I ought to have fired him.
“should” (=“it’s advisable”) doesn’t change
21. Len: I should submit a claim.
“should” used in place of “would” in conditionals becomes “would”
22. Lee: If I were you I should let it.
“must” (=necessity in the past) does not change, or becomes “had to”
23. Dan: I must buy into the firm.
24. Ned: I must cut down on clothes.
236
“must” (=necessity in the future) does not change, or becomes “would have to”
25. Paul: I must raise the funds.
26. Bet: I must save my income.
“must” (= deduction or possibility) does not change
27. Jill: Joe must be a thief.
“mustn’t”(=prohibition) does not change, or becomes “couldn’t”
28. Bill: I mustn’t refuse her offer.
29. Phil: You mustn’t cut aid for us.
Exercise 4
Put these statements in the reported speech:
1. “Mr. Hampden, we’ve got trouble in the press room this
morning,” said Ted Fielding.
2. “I cleaned Mr. Wiles’s car last night out of works’ time,” Smith
told Ian Hampden.
3. “An hour and a half will be subtracted from your pay this week.
And I must warn you that if this happens again it will be a case
of dismissal,” the Personnel Manager told the worker.
4. “I don’t think we have anything to say to each other,” said Jack
Green.
5. “Shop stewards are allowed to collect union dues on the
premises, but they can hold meetings in the factory or office
block only with the permission of the management,” said the
Manager.
6. “I decided to stay here no matter how difficult it was to meet
expenses,” Carla told Ted.
7. “Carla knew that her children would have to eat waffles or
nothing,” said the interviewer.
8. “In economic theory, “labour” is any work undertaken in return
for fixed payments,” said the lecturer.
9. “When our family bought the house, we experienced some
problems but managed to benefit from it”, Mark Lorraine told
his son.
10. “We shall have to find building sites and hire architects and
subcontractors”, Mary Farrar told her husband.
237
11. “You haven’t given me quite enough. The bill is for $14 and
you’ve paid me only $ 13,” he pointed out.
12. “I’ve no idea what the time is but I’ll find out,” said his
daughter.
13. “We like working on Sundays because we get double pay,”
explained the fitters.
14. The advertisement said, ”If you answer the questions correctly,
you may win $100.”
15. “The burglars couldn’t open the safe on the spot so they carried
it away with them,” the night watchman reported.
16. “Yesterday Tom and I went to look at a house that he was
thinking of buying. It was rather a nice house and had a lovely
garden but Tom decided against it because it was opposite a
cemetery,” said Celia.
Exercise 5
In this exercise someone says something to you, which is the
opposite of what they said before. You have to answer I thought
you said ...
e.g. “That plan is expensive.”–“I thought you said it wasn’t
expensive”
1. “I need to borrow some money.”– “I thought you said ... .”
2. “We haven’t yet done anything on the management side.”
3. “The shop stewards are recognised by the management.”
4. “Trade unions organise medical schemes, insurance and legal
aid for their members.”
5. “We are going to ask the Union to press a wage claim”.
6. “I don’t like that accusation, Mr. Hampden.”
7. “I feel there should be some system of profit sharing”.
8. “My card was punched for eight o’clock.”
9. “I haven’t got any union dues to pay, because I don’t belong to
any of the trade unions.”
10. “Mr. Hardy’s reputation is very stable as he serves as a channel
of communication both ways.”
238
Exercise 6
Report these Yes/No questions moving the clauses “one tense
back” wherever necessary.
1. “Are you sure?” He asked me if / whether I was sure.
2. “Has Pat been working here long?”
- He wanted to know _________________________________.
3. “Will you see Smith, because you’re so much better at handling
things like this than I am?”
– I was wondering if __________________________________.
4. “Is Symes reliable?”
– Do you know _____________________________________.
5. “Must I define changes for the job and income categories?”
– I asked the trainer if ________________________________?
6. “May I take a point?”
– He wanted to know ________________________________.
7. “You don’t mind if I just interrupt a moment, do you?”
– She wanted to know ________________________________.
8. “You see my point, don’t you?”
– She asked us ______________________________________.
9. “Will you be raising the subject of cutting business expenses or
not?”
– He wanted to know _________________________________.
10. “Did you report the calls for doggie-bags?”
– He wondered ______________________________________.
239
Exercise 7
Report these question-word questions moving the clauses “one
tense back”. Mind that the inversion after a question-word in a
direct question changes to statement word order in the reported
question and, if necessary, the tense is changed at the same time.
e.g. – Where has Sally put the folder?
– Do you know where Sally has put the folder?
1. – What is it all about, Ted?
– Have you got any idea ______________________________?
2. – What do you want me to do?
– Could you tell me __________________________________?
3. – Why are people turning to second-hand markets for things like
bikes? She wondered _________________________________.
4. – What kind of aid has Marco had?
You wanted to know __________________________________.
5. – What do you feel your colleagues will think about it?
– I wonder __________________________________________.
6. – What did Mary Farrar’s surplus amount to after paying
business expenses?
– I want to know _____________________________________.
7. Where did Mary Farrar learn the economics of building?
– Could you tell me __________________________________?
8. – What percentage of your income comes from fringe benefits?
– Do you know _____________________________________?
9. – How long have you been with this firm?
– Did you tell him ___________________________________?
10. – Which companies will John be investing in?
– You didn’t say _____________________________________.
240
Exercise 8
Report these subject-questions moving the clauses “one tense
back” only where necessary. Mind that a direct subject-question
has the same word order as a statement.
e.g. – Who is next please?”
– The Personnel Manager wanted to know who was next.
1. “Which Memorandum carried the clause?”
I’d like to know _____________________________________.
2. “Whose report haven’t we heard yet?”
The Chief Accountant asked us to tell him ________________.
3. “Who hasn’t honoured the delivery dates?”
Tell me ____________________________________________.
4. “What money will they repay the loan on their house with?”
I haven’t any idea ____________________________________.
5. “Which firms have won grants for re-equipment?”
This article doesn’t say _______________________________.
6. “Which number can be divided by three?”
The teacher asked ___________________________________.
7. “What will happen to the costs involved in construction?”
Another Board member enquired _______________________.
8. “Who is going to keep all the other accounts?”
The customer tried to find out __________________________.
9. “Which of them will have to keep payroll?”
He reminded me that I should ask _______________________.
10.“Who had paid for utilities before Carla got her job?”
I’m afraid nobody knows _____________________________.
Exercise 9
Put the following into indirect speech. The first 6 questions
require no change of order.
1. “What happened to the redundant worker after dismissal?” said
one of the men.
2. “Which of his sons inherited his estate?” asked another.
3. “Who is going to share the income of the enterprise?” enquired a
third.
241
4. “What will happen to his checking account?” asked someone
else.
5. “Which team won the previous match?” said Bill.
6. “Who has just dropped a $50 note?” I asked.
7. “Why does the price go up so soon?” she wondered.
8. “Is a return ticket cheaper than two singles?’ said my little
daughter.
9. “Will you go on strike when the others do?’ the shop steward
asked him.
10. “Can you read the last line on the chart?” the accountant asked
me.
11. “Are you sorry for what you did?” the Personnel Manager asked
the worker accused of a very serious offence.
12. “Could I speak to Mr. Martin?” said the caller.
“I am afraid he is out”, said the secretary. “Could I take a
message?”
Exercise 10
Change the following direct commands, requests, invitations etc.
using tell, order, ask, beg, advise, remind, warn, reproach etc.,
remember that the person addressed is often not mentioned in a
direct command, but must be mentioned in an indirect
command.
e.g. He said, “Go away” – He told me (Tom, us, them, etc.) to go
away.
“Lend me your calculator,” I said to Mary.
“Don’t believe everything you hear,” he warned me.
“Please, fill up this form,” the secretary said.
“Open the safe!” the manager ordered the clerk.
“Please, do as I say,” he begged me.
“Read it before you sign it,” he said to his client.
“Invest into the firm,” I advised my friend.
“Don’t argue with me!” the senior officer said to his
subordinate.
9. “See if you can find any receipt,” the shop assistant said.
10. “Pay at the cash desk,” the bank teller said to the client.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
242
11. “Think well before you go to the Managing Director,” the shop
steward warned Smith.
12. “Don’t worry about anything, Mrs. Wiles,” said her solicitor.
“Leave it all to me.”
13. Notice: Please do not ask at the desk for change for telephone
calls.
14. “Don’t make mountains out of molehills,” he said.
15. “Read it yourself if you don’t believe what I say,” he told me.
16. “You might have checked these figures for me,” he said.
17. “Answer this complaint for me, will you?” he said. “And
remember to keep a copy.”
18. “Would you mind paying cash?” said my landlady when I took
out my check-book.
Exercise 11
Put into indirect speech the following commands and questions
with if-clauses and time clauses.
1. “If I find the missing file what shall I do with it?” he said.
– “Keep it till you see me again,” I replied.
2. “If anyone rings up,” she said, “say that I’ll be back shortly.”
3. “When you arrive at the factory don’t forget to punch a mark on
the worker’s time card to correspond with the exact time of
arrival,” he said.
4. “What will happen if the strike continues?” he said.
5. “If the energy crisis continues with sky-high prices to follow,
how will we make both ends meet?” wondered the housewives.
6. “When you have completed one section, go on to the next,” the
trainer told the trainee.
7. “If you don’t like the current account, open the deposit
account,” advised the manager.
8. “If I lose my traveller’s cheque, will the bank repay me?” I
asked.
9. “As soon as you find a hotel, ring me and give me the address,”
he said.
10. “I must warn you that if this happens again it will be a case of
dismissal,” Ian warned him.
243
11. “If the firm introduces a profit-sharing scheme, some workers
will not take a cut in wages because of the bad year,” he said to
me.
12. “I feel there should be some system here of profit sharing. If
not, we shall go on having little incidents like this one,” added
the Personnel Manager.
13. “I don’t care whether you like it or not!” he exclaimed.
14. “If you dismiss me there will be a walk-out,” he warned the
management.
15. “Workers on strike do not draw a strike pay if it is an unofficial
strike,” commented the man.
Exercise 12
Identify the one underlined word, phrase or punctuation mark
that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct.
1. It was August and they had fixed up the house by June. – Who
(A)
told so? Martin did, but he didn’t tell the exact time of their
(B)
(C)
(D)
arrival.
2. The watchman reported that the burglars were not able to open
(A)
(B)
(C)
the safe on the spot and had carried it.
(D)
3. The wife said that yesterday they had gone to look at the
(A)
(B)
house but had decided against it because it was opposite the
(C)
(D)
cemetery.
4. Did he tell you which of the models he had bought? – He could
(A)
(B)
(C)
not say the difference and bought both models.
(D)
5. Mr. Frost asked what was he to do with the purse if he found it
(A)
(B)
and I told him to keep it till he saw me.
(C)
(D)
244
6. I asked the manager whether the agency would repay me if I
(A)
(B)
send a complaint in writing.
(C)
(D)
7. Jim Green warns the worker to think well before he went to the
(A)
(B)
(C)
manager and told the lie.
(D)
8. I wanted to pay cash but my landlady asked me that I would
(A)
(B) (C)
mind paying by check.
(D)
9. She reproached me that I might have checked these figures
(A)
(B)
(C)
I had received from the office.
(D)
10. The superior asked the subordinate if he was sorry for what he
(A)
(B)
did when the latter was accused of a very serious offence.
(C)
(D)
11. I thought you said you hadn’t got any dues to pay, because
(A)
(B)
(C)
you didn’t belong to any of the trade unions.
(D)
12. The housewives wondered how would they make both ends meet
(A)
(B)
if the energy crisis continued and it was followed by sky-high
(C)
(D)
prices.
13. Mr. Frost said then that he had read the income statement and
(A)
now he doesn’t understand it and wants me to say the
(B)
(C)
(D)
difference between the first and the second estimate.
245
14. He said that he must pay the rent and would have no money
(A)
(B)
left, but he may get some aid from the trade union, and
(C)
would manage to survive in that case.
(D)
Glossary
add v (to)
1. to put together with something else so as
to increase the number, size, importance,
etc.
2. to join (numbers, amounts, etc.) so as to
find the total
3. to increase
add v (up)
1. to make sense; form a likely or believable
explanation
2. sum up
3. calculate
add v (up to)
1. to amount to
2. to mean
advance n
money advance
advance free of interest
in advance
advance notice
advance payment
borrow v (of, from)
1. forward movement
2. money provided before the proper time
3. loan
a loan
a loan without interest
ahead in time; beforehand
a warning or information
something that is going to happen
about
money provided before the proper time
1. to take or receive (something) from
another person, usu. With that person’s
permission, and with the understanding
that it will be returned after a certain time
2. to accept money that is not one’s own on
the understanding that it will be repaid,
usu. with interest, at a later date
246
to accept money that is not one’s own on the
understanding that it will be repaid, usu.
with interest, at a later date
1. an official paper promising to pay a sum
bond n
of money to the person who holds it, esp.
one by which a government or company
borrows money from the public with the
promise of paying it back with interest at
a fixed time
2. a written agreement or promise with the
force of law; liability
3. a security issued at a fixed rate by central
government, local authorities or private
companies, it is a contract to repay money
borrowed, and as such represents a debt
the particular type of money in use in a
currency n
country; coins and banknotes that are used
as legal tender
total amount of money available at short
the supply of currency
notice in a given country
personal supply of money total amount of money of a person
a written order to a bank to transfer funds
сheck n
from a bank to someone else and is the
usual way of withdrawing money from a
current account
a type of bank account for personal use,
checking account
which usually pays no interest but funds
may be accessed immediately by writing a
cheque ; current account (Br)
1. an act of placing money in a bank or safe
deposit n
2. a sum of money placed in a bank to earn
interest or make payments
deposit of a sum of money with a bank,
demand deposit
building society or another financial
institution that may be withdrawn at a
moment’s notice
bank account that pays interest, but
time deposit
sometimes notice has to be given before
funds may be withdrawn; deposit account
to borrow at interest
247
deposit v (with somebody/ to place in a bank or safe
smth., in a bank)
a person who deposits money in a bank
depositor n
account
paper money that the government decrees is
fiat money
legal tender
1. a charge made for the borrowing of
interest n
money
2. a share in a company, business, etc.
interest charged to a borrower or paid to an
interest rate (rate of
investor, usu. expressed as a percentage per
interest)
annum
rate of interest calculated by adding interest
compound interest
previously paid to the capital sum plus
previous interest payment
a contract between a customer and an
insurance policy
insurance company, which will pay for
particular losses or damage in return for
one or more payments, known as premiums
currency; coins or notes that may be offered
legal tender
as a medium of exchange
something which is lent, esp. money
loan n
to give (someone) the use of (something);
loan v
lend
to provide a sum of money for a credit
to finance a loan
to pay back a borrowed sum of money
to repay a loan
something that can be given or received in
means of exchange
return for something else
total amount of money available at short
money supply
notice in a given country
liquid assets that can be transferred
near money, syn. quasiimmediately (such as a bill of exchange or
money
cheque), although not as liquid as cash
1. an amount stated as if it is part of a whole
percentage
which 100; proportion
2. a share of profits
the rate of interest charged on a monthly
annual percentage rate
248
(APR)
stock n
value n
face value, Syn: nominal
value
intrinsic value
monetary value
standard of value
store of value
value v
withdraw v
withdrawal n
basis (e.g. on a hire purchase transaction)
shown as yearly compound rate
1. a supply of something for use
2. money lent to a government or company,
on which interest is paid
3. in the USA it is an alternative term for
ordinary shares
4. fixed-term security that is denominated
in units of 100
1. the
usefulness,
helpfulness,
or
importance of something, esp. in
comparison with other things
2. the worth of something in money or as
compared with other goods for which it
might be exchanged
3. worth compared with the amount paid
the value or price written on a share
certificate showing how much capital it
represents; the denomination of a banknote
or the par value of a share
real cost
the worth of something in terms of money
a measure that can be used to calculate or
evaluate the worth of something
a means of accumulating wealth
1. to calculate the value, price or worth of
2. to consider to be of great worth; esteem
1. to take away or take back
2. (to cause to) move away or back
3. to (cause to) not take part in an activity
the act of withdrawing or state of being
withdrawn
249
Topics for presentations:
1.
Money: Role, Forms, Functions
2.
British money
3.
American money
4.
The money supply and the ways to limit it
5.
Types of accounts
6.
Money: history
7.
Main types of banks
8.
Bank of England
9.
Financial intermediaries
10.
Federal Reserve
11.
Legal Tender
12.
Fiat money
13.
Credit Card Systems
14.
E-Banking
250
Annex
Starting Linear Algebra
LANGUAGE INPUT
algebran
elementary
abstract
linear
universal
angle n
column of a matrix
determinant
To calculate a determinant
element of a matrix
magnitude n
syn. length, modulus
matrix(pl. matrices) n
zero
identity
square
inverse (reciprocal)
of order …
diagonal
multiplication n
scalar
dot
order n
matrix order
point n
initial
terminal
row of a matrix
spacen
vector
Euclidean
affine
алгебра
элементарная
абстрактная
линейная
всеобщая
угол
столбец матрицы
определитель (детерминант)
вычислить определитель
элемент матрицы
длина (вектора)
син. модуль
матрица
нулевая
единичная
квадратная
обратная
порядка …
диагональная
умножение
скалярное
векторное
порядок, размерность
размерность матрицы
точка
начальная
конечная
строка матрицы
пространство
векторное
Евклидово
афинное
251
vector n
bound
free
spatial
unit
null (zero)
вектор
ограниченный (ориентированный)
свободный
в пространстве
единичный
нулевой
DEVELOPING VOCABULARY
3.2.1
















Consult a dictionary and practise the pronunciation of
the following words and word combinations, quote the
sentences in which they are used in the text or submit the
examples of your own:
affine
algebra
algebraic
axioms
column
determinant
diagonal
Euclidean
identity
linear
matrix
matrices
reciprocal
rigorous
spatial
triangle
252
3.2.2 Match the English word or word combinations in the lefthand column with the Russian equivalents in the righthand column:
1. unknown quantities
A матрицы одного порядка
2. directed line segment
B единичная длина
3. an angle between two
C произвольная длина
vectors
4. to indicate the vector's
D указывать направление вектора
direction
5. right-angled triangle
E вектор «с крышкой»
6. scalar number
F умножить матрицу на обратную
7. in rigorous mathematical
G привести вектор к единичной
treatments
длине
8. to reduce to the simplest
H иметь то же направление
form.
9. to generalize the solution
I указывать направление вектора
10. to be strictly associated
J строго (четко) относиться
11. to indicate the vector's
K найти произведение
direction
12. to follow the same direction L обобщить решение
13. to use letter notation.
M неизвестные числа
14. a length of one
N угол между двумя векторами
15. arbitrary length
O прямоугольный треугольник
16. to normalizе a vector
P привести к простейшей форме
17. a vector with a hat
Q скалярная величина, скаляр
18. to multiply a matrix by its
R в строгом математическом
inverse
смысле
19. matrices of the same order
S направленный отрезок
20. to find the product
T использовать буквенное
обозначение
253
3.3. BACKGROUND INFORMATION
Algebra originated in the Middle East. The Babylonians were
the first to develop an arithmetical system for solving problems that
could be written algebraically. The word algebra comes from
Arabic and means reunion. It describes a system where calculations
are performed firstly by rewriting (transposing) them and then
reducing to their simplest form. Algebra studies the structure of
things, the relationship between things and quantity. It uses
symbols, usually letters, and the operators. Thus by using algebra
we are able to perform calculations where unknown quantities
(usually represented by x) are involved. Solutions can then be
applied to all problems of the same nature by the use of a formula.
So by avoiding the use of numbers we are able to generalize both
the problem and the solution.
It is possible to single out four areas of algebra. Firstly, there
is elementary algebra in which symbols (such as x and y) are used
to denote numbers. In this area, the rules that control the
mathematical expressions and equations using these symbols are
studied. Then, there is abstract or modern algebra in which
mathematical systems consisting of a set of elements and several
rules (axioms) for the interaction of the elements and the operations
are defined and researched. Thirdly, there is linear algebra (linear
equations) in which linear transformations and vector spaces,
including matrices are studied. Finally, there is universal algebra in
which the ideas common to all algebraic structures are studied.
Let’s turn to linear algebra. One of the basic concepts here is a
concept of a vector.A vector is a geometric entity characterized by a
magnitude and a direction. In rigorous mathematical treatments, a
vector is defined as a directed line segment, or arrow, in a
Euclidean space.
As an arrow in Euclidean space, a vector possesses a definite
initial point and terminal point. Such a vector is called a bound
vector. In other situations, when only the magnitude and direction
of the vector matter, then the particular initial point is of no
importance, and the vector is called a free vector.
254
In the geometrical and physical settings, sometimes it is
possible to associate, in a natural way, a length or magnitude and a
direction to vectors. In turn, the notion of direction is strictly
associated with the notion of an angle between two vectors.
However, it is not always possible or desirable to define the length
of a vector in a natural way. This more general type of spatial vector
is the subject of vector spaces (for bound vectors) and affine
spaces (for free vectors).
In pure mathematics, a vector is often represented as a
coordinate vector. Vectors are usually denoted in lowercase
boldface, as a or lowercase italic boldface, as a. Uppercase letters
are typically used to represent matrices. Other conventions include
or a, especially in handwriting.
B


a
A
Vectors are usually shown in graphs or other diagrams as
arrows (directed line segments), as illustrated in the figure. Here the
point A is called the origin, tail, base, or initial point; point B is
called the head, tip, endpoint, terminal point or final point. The
length of the arrow is proportional to the vector's magnitude, while
the direction in which the arrow points indicates the vector's
direction.


OA  2,3
A
0
As an example in two dimensions (see figure), the vector from
the origin O = (0,0) to the point A = (2,3) is simply written as
255
A
B
The magnitude or modulus of a vector |a| is
its length. For example to find the magnitude of
4
vector
 3
AB   .
 4

i.e. |AB|, we first sketch the vector.
We can see that x- and y-dimensions form the two
shorter sides of a right-angled triangle and AB forms
3
the longer side.
We can then use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the longer side of
a right-angled triangle:
AB  x 2  y 2


where AB is the longer side.
AB  32  4 2  5 units long.
We know that vectors can be shown as letters. We can also
show the addition of vectors in terms of letters.
Resultant vector = vector a plus vector b
= a + b . The resultant vector follows the
a+b
b same general direction, i.e. it starts at the
same point as vector a and finishes at the
a
end point of vector b.
A negative vector can be
called an inverse
vector. The diagram shows the
inverse vector of b
b
which is –b. We can see that the
vectors are equal in
-b
size but opposite in direction.
We
can
show
the
subtraction
of
vectors using letter notation.
Here
is
the
resultant vector of a – b.
The vector –b is in the opposite direction to
a
the vector b in the diagram.
The resultant vector = a – b = a + (-b).
-b
a-b
A vector may also be multiplied by a scalar number. For
example, scalar multiplication of a vector by a factor of 3 stretches
the vector out.
Two vectors are said to be equal if they have the same
magnitude and direction. A unit vector is any vector with a length
of one; normally unit vectors are used simply to indicate direction.
256
A vector of arbitrary length can be divided by its length to create a
unit vector. This is known as normalizing a vector. A unit vector is
often indicated with a hat as in â. The null vector (or zero vector)
is the vector with length zero.
3.4 COMPREHENSION
Understanding the reading
3.4.1.Give extensive answers to the questions. Use the following
expressions to present your answers:
 In my opinion ...
 From my point of view ...
 Personally I think that ...
 As I see it ...
1. What are the origins of the word ‘algebra’?
2. In what way does algebra differ from arithmetic?
3. What makes generalization of both the problem and the
solution possible?
4. What are the four areas of algebra?
5. What kind of geometric entity a vector is?
6. How to distinguish between the bound vector and the free
one?
7. What is notation of vectors?
8. What should be done to calculate the magnitude of the vector?
What sign is used to denote magnitude?
9. How do we add and subtract vectors?
10.
What does the process of normalizing a vector entail?
257
Scanning
3.4.2. Scan the text to determine whether these statements are
true (T) or false (F). With a partner, discuss why.
e.g. In my opinion it is true that/I’m afraid it is false that ..., because ...
1. Algebra uses numbers and the four operators.
2. Abstract algebra study mathematical systems consisting of a set
of axioms for the interaction of the elements of vector spaces.
3. As an arrow in Euclidean space, a vector possesses a definite
head and a final point.
4. Matrices are usually denoted in uppercase boldface, while
lowercase italic boldface is typically used to represent vectors.
5. We can then use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the modulus of a
unit vector.
6. The null vector is the vector with a length of one.
7. We can show the scalar multiplication of vectors in terms of
letters.
3.4.3. Do the following tasks. Comment on your calculations.
Make use of the following expressions:
 using Pythagoras theorem … ;
 … units long;
 to be equal in length;
 to use the letter notation;
 resultant vector follows the direction …
1. The vector a =
2. The vector a =
 3
  . Find the magnitude of a, i.e. |a|.
  4
1 
2 
  and b =   . A is the point (1,1).
 2
 1
Find the


vectors a + 2b; 3a – 2 b. AB = a + 2b. Find the position vector
of B. Position vectors are vectors which start at the origin 0,
coordinates (0,0).
3. Sketch the resultant position vector.
4. The vector a =
 3
  .
  4
Sketch a vector which is equal in length
but follows the opposite direction. How many vectors can you
sketch?
258
3.5. SPEAKING&WRITING
3.5.1. a) Practice working with math notations and definitions
in English. Translate the definitions given as examples.
To give a definition we may use the following expressions:
By R denote the set of real numbers.
Let p0 denote the largest prime.
The number Δ = b2 – 4ac is called the discriminant of equation (1).
A group G is said to be commutative if g′, g″  G, g′ g″ = g″ g′.
We say that the polynomial p(x) = anxn + ... + a0 has degree n, if an  0.
By definition, put
f ′(x0) = lim
f (x0 + h) – f (x0)
.
h
h→0
b) Using the models given provide in writing the definitions of:
integer numbers, complex numbers, imaginary numbers, a
derivative, a limit, an integrant, a tangent, a straight line graph, a
null vector, a modulus, a two dimension vector, a scalar quantity, an
order of a matrix.
c) Add some definitions of other notions.
d) To describe calculations we can use the following expressions:
We have (get, obtain) ..
Therefore (hence, now, but, whence, so, it follows that, however)
followed by a formula.
Using … we get …
Taking into account … we obtain …
Combining … we get
Using Theorem … we get …
Substituting … for … in both sides, we obtain …
Summing (subtracting… from…, multiplying… by …, …) we get …
Integrating (3.1) with respect to x, we get ...
Differentiating (3.1) w.r.t. x, we get ...
Integrating this expression over M, we get ...
259
e) Use the above mentioned expressions to describe in writing
some calculations of your own.
f) Prove a theorem or some math statement using the following
expressions to organize your writing:
Further, | Moreover, | Besides, | On the other hand, | Furthermore,
| In addition, | Finally, | Also,
However | But | Nevertheless | At the same time | Now | On the
other hand, | Still
Obviously, | Clearly, | Evidently, | Trivially, | It is obvious that | It
is clear that | It is readily seen that
It is easy to prove that | It can be proved that | It is easily shown
that | We see that | It follows easily that | It can easily be checked
that | It is not hard to prove that
That is | In other words, | Equivalently, | This means that | In these
terms, | In this notation, | In other notation,
Therefore | Hence | Whence | Thus | It follows that | This implies
that | This yields that | Consequently
In the converse case, | Otherwise | Conversely, | Assuming the
converse,
Similarly, | In the same way, | For the same reason, | By the same
argument, | As before, | As above, | Likewise,
Let us prove that | Let us show that | We claim that | Let us check
that | We shall prove that | We shall see that | We shall show that
By assumption, | By the inductive hypothesis, | By the inductive
assumption, | Suppose inductively that, | By the previous
statement,
By definition, | By construction, | By the above
We may assume that | It can be assumed that | Without loss of
generality it can be assumed that | To be definite, assume that | For
the sake of being definite, suppose | We can assume without loss
of generality that | To be precise,
For example, | In particular, | Specifically, | As an example, | For
instance,
Note that | Notice that | Let us remark that | Note also that | We
stress that …
260
First | Secondly | Thirdly | First we shall show that | Now we show
that | Finally we shall show that …
First note that | Now note that | Further note that | Finally note
that
First let us prove that | Now let us prove that | Finally let us prove
that …
It can be shown in the usual way that | It follows in the standard
way that | We already know that …
In general, | Generally, | In the general case,
Here | In this case, | In our case,
Indeed, | In fact, | Namely | Actually
Recall that | Let us remember that
We have proved that | This proves that | This shows that | This
argument shows that
In this paper we prove that | In this section we show that
Arguing as above, we see that | Continuing this line of reasoning,
we see that …
3.5.2. Prepare a Power Point presentation about vectors in three
dimensional Euclidean space. Make use of the following
materials. Cover such points as vector equality, addition and
subtraction, scalar multiplication, length of a vector, dot
product.
In three dimensional Euclidean space (or ), vectors are identified
with triples of numbers corresponding to the Cartesian coordinates
of the endpoint (a,b,c):
These numbers are often arranged into a column vector or row
vector, particularly when dealing with matrices, as follows:
Another way to express a vector in three dimensions is to introduce
the three standard basis vectors:
261
These have the intuitive interpretation as vectors of unit length
pointing up the x, y, and z axis of a Cartesian coordinate system,
respectively, and they are sometimes referred to as versors of those
axes. In terms of these, any vector in can be expressed in the
form:
3.5.3. a) Fill in the gaps with the suitable expressions from the
box:
a) identity
d) a matrix
g) inverse
b) the determinant
e) corresponding position
h) an element
c) a scalar quantity
f) diagonal
i) the order
The order of …(1)… gives the number of rows followed by
a b 


с d 
the number of columns in the matrix. So for a matrix
we say
it is ‘of … (2)… 2 by 2’. There can be matrices of different order. A
matrix is often identified by a bold capital letter. In a matrix, each
number is known as …(3)…. The general rule is that only matrices
of the same order can be added or subtracted. To add two matrices
A and B each element in the first matrix A is added to the element
in the …(4)… in the second matrix B. This rule applies for all types
of matrices whatever the size.
When you multiply a matrix by …(5)… every element of the
matrix is multiplied by that number.
The zero (null) matrices are ones in which all the elements are
zero. A …(6)… matrix has all its elements zero except for those in
the leading diagonal (from top left to bottom right). The …(7)…
matrix, I, is a diagonal matrix with the elements equal to 1. If you
multiply a matrix by the identity matrix the result is the original
a b 


с d ,
matrix. If A =
then … (8)… of A, given the symbol |A|, is
found using the following formula: |A| = ab - cd. The … (9)… or
reciprocal matrix is the one which being multiplied by the original
matrix results in the identity matrix.
262
b) Get ready to explain how to calculate the product of two
matrices (write three rules) and the method to find the inverse
of the matrix of the order 2 by 2. Provide examples and
comment on you calculations.
3.5.5. Translate the following words and expressions from
Russian into English.
Вычислить определитель матрицы; матрицы одинакового
порядка; единичный вектор; умножая обе части уравнения на
два; интегрируя функцию на множестве А; число столбцов
матрицы, отсюда следует; обозначим это множество через А;
напомним, что …, итак, мы доказали …; по определению; по
предположению; предположим, что …; указывать направление
вектора; в противном случае; привести к простейшей форме,
умножить матрицу на обратную; не умаляя общности;
использовать буквенное обозначение.
3.5.6. Read the text about econometrics and fill the missing
prepositions.
Econometrics is concerned …(1)… the tasks of developing
and applying quantitative or statistical methods …(2)… the study
and elucidation of economic principles. Econometrics combines
economic theory …(3)… statistics to analyze and test economic
relationships. Theoretical econometrics considers questions …(4)…
the statistical properties of estimators and tests, while applied
econometrics is concerned …(5)… the application of econometric
methods to assess economic theories.
Although many econometric methods represent applications of
standard statistical models, there are some special features of
economic data that distinguish econometrics …(6)… other branches
of statistics. Economic data are generally observational, rather than
being derived …(7)…controlled experiments. Because the
individual units …(8)… an economy interact with each other, the
observed data tend to reflect complex economic equilibrium
conditions rather than simple behavioral relationships based …(9)…
preferences or technology. Consequently, the field of econometrics
has developed methods …(10)… identification and estimation of
263
simultaneous equation models. These methods allow researchers to
make causal inferences …(11)… the absence of controlled
experiments. Early work in econometrics focused on time-series
data, but now econometrics also fully covers cross-sectional and
panel data.
Time-series analysis shows how varianles change …(12)… a
period of time (salaries increase over the last century, for example).
Cross-sectional analysis compares varianles …(13)… one point of
time (the salaries of men compares …(14)… women right now, for
example). When cross-sectional analysis is combined with timeseries analysis this is called panel data analysis.
3.5.7. Translate into English.
Линейная алгебра – ветвь математики столь же старая, как
и сама математика. Первоначальной задачей линейной алгебры
можно считать задачу решения линейного уравнения ax + b= 0.
Хотя эта задача не представляет каких-либо трудностей, прием,
при помощи которого она решается, а также свойства
соответствующей линейной функции y = ax + b являются
исходными для всех идей и методов линейной алгебры.
В линейной алгебре изучаются объекты трех родов:
матрицы, пространства и алгебраические формы. Теории этих
объектов тесно связаны друг с другом. Для вычислений
наиболее удобна матричная форма, однако главным объектом
изучения линейной алгебры все же являются линейные
пространства.
264
Заключение
Дорогие друзья!
Окончив изучение двух частей данного пособия, вы
получили возможность обсудить на английском языке
следующие сферы, ситуации и темы общения будущих
экономистов:

основы экономической деятельности
распределение, обмен, потребление);

рынок и конкуренция;

рынок и цены;

рынок труда и заработная плата.
(производство,
Вы ознакомились с непростыми явлениями, относящимися к
морфологии и синтаксису английского языка. Обширный
грамматический
материал
в
пособии
совмещен
с
упражнениями, направленными на проверку и закрепление
изученных профессионально ориентированных материалов.
Особое внимание в пособии уделено ролевым играм и кейсанализу, призванным развивать самостоятельность студентов и
их умение применять на практике полученные знания.
Тематика ролевых игр предполагает постепенный переход от
рассмотрения экономических проблем на уровне потребителя к
имитации профессионально ориентированных ситуаций, что
поможет выпускникам не испытывать затруднений при
иноязычном профессиональном общении.
Желаем успехов!
Авторы.
265
Contents
Введение .........................................................................................
Unit 1
OVERVIEW OF MARKETS & MONOPOLIES .......................
Practice with modal verbs (I) .......................................
Practice with ability .....................................................
Practice with permission ..............................................
Practice with obligation and necessity .........................
Practice with obligation and advice ..............................
Unit 2
OVERVIEW OF ECONOMIC GROWTH .................................
Practice with modal verbs (II) ......................................
Practice with possibility, probability, deduction ..........
Practice with requests, offers, suggestions, habits,
refusals, promises and threats ......................................
Unit 3
OVERVIEW OF THE NATION’S ECONOMY
GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT
ECONOMIC INDICATORS ...................................................
Practice with the Passive voice and relative clauses......
Unit 4
OVERVIEW OF MONEY, BANKING & MONETARY POLICY ..
Practice with reported speech .......................................
Annex
Starting Linear Algebra
Заключение .....................................................................................
266
Скачать